Merge pull request #10 from br0xen/master

Vendored dependencies

Godeps/Godeps.json

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+{
+	"ImportPath": "git.bullercodeworks.com/brian/gjvote",
+	"GoVersion": "go1.8",
+	"GodepVersion": "v79",
+	"Deps": [
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/boltdb/bolt",
+			"Comment": "v1.3.0-58-ge9cf4fa",
+			"Rev": "e9cf4fae01b5a8ff89d0ec6b32f0d9c9f79aefdd"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/br0xen/boltease",
+			"Rev": "69e69463f4b6e07bd4405fa507333ae55dc32791"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/gorilla/context",
+			"Comment": "v1.1-7-g08b5f42",
+			"Rev": "08b5f424b9271eedf6f9f0ce86cb9396ed337a42"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/gorilla/handlers",
+			"Comment": "v1.2-4-g13d7309",
+			"Rev": "13d73096a474cac93275c679c7b8a2dc17ddba82"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/gorilla/mux",
+			"Comment": "v1.3.0-6-g4c1c395",
+			"Rev": "4c1c3952b7d9d0a061a3fa7b36fd373ba0398ebc"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/gorilla/securecookie",
+			"Comment": "v1.1-6-ge59506c",
+			"Rev": "e59506cc896acb7f7bf732d4fdf5e25f7ccd8983"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/gorilla/sessions",
+			"Comment": "v1.1-6-g8b6b4cd",
+			"Rev": "8b6b4cd75f07f7ee036eb37b8127bd40ab1efc49"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/justinas/alice",
+			"Comment": "1.0.0-16-g1051eaf",
+			"Rev": "1051eaf52fcafdd87ead59d28b065f1fcb8274ec"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/pborman/uuid",
+			"Comment": "v1.0-21-g1b00554",
+			"Rev": "1b00554d822231195d1babd97ff4a781231955c9"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "golang.org/x/crypto/bcrypt",
+			"Rev": "ab89591268e0c8b748cbe4047b00197516011af5"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "golang.org/x/crypto/blowfish",
+			"Rev": "ab89591268e0c8b748cbe4047b00197516011af5"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/terminal",
+			"Rev": "ab89591268e0c8b748cbe4047b00197516011af5"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "golang.org/x/sys/unix",
+			"Rev": "abf9c25f54453410d0c6668e519582a9e1115027"
+		}
+	]
+}

Godeps/Readme

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+This directory tree is generated automatically by godep.
+
+Please do not edit.
+
+See https://github.com/tools/godep for more information.

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.prof
+*.test
+*.swp
+/bin/

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2013 Ben Johnson
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+BRANCH=`git rev-parse --abbrev-ref HEAD`
+COMMIT=`git rev-parse --short HEAD`
+GOLDFLAGS="-X main.branch $(BRANCH) -X main.commit $(COMMIT)"
+
+default: build
+
+race:
+	@go test -v -race -test.run="TestSimulate_(100op|1000op)"
+
+# go get github.com/kisielk/errcheck
+errcheck:
+	@errcheck -ignorepkg=bytes -ignore=os:Remove github.com/boltdb/bolt
+
+test: 
+	@go test -v -cover .
+	@go test -v ./cmd/bolt
+
+.PHONY: fmt test

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,915 @@
+Bolt [![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/boltdb/bolt/badge.svg?branch=master)](https://coveralls.io/r/boltdb/bolt?branch=master) [![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/boltdb/bolt?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/boltdb/bolt) ![Version](https://img.shields.io/badge/version-1.2.1-green.svg)
+====
+
+Bolt is a pure Go key/value store inspired by [Howard Chu's][hyc_symas]
+[LMDB project][lmdb]. The goal of the project is to provide a simple,
+fast, and reliable database for projects that don't require a full database
+server such as Postgres or MySQL.
+
+Since Bolt is meant to be used as such a low-level piece of functionality,
+simplicity is key. The API will be small and only focus on getting values
+and setting values. That's it.
+
+[hyc_symas]: https://twitter.com/hyc_symas
+[lmdb]: http://symas.com/mdb/
+
+## Project Status
+
+Bolt is stable, the API is fixed, and the file format is fixed. Full unit
+test coverage and randomized black box testing are used to ensure database
+consistency and thread safety. Bolt is currently used in high-load production
+environments serving databases as large as 1TB. Many companies such as
+Shopify and Heroku use Bolt-backed services every day.
+
+## Table of Contents
+
+- [Getting Started](#getting-started)
+  - [Installing](#installing)
+  - [Opening a database](#opening-a-database)
+  - [Transactions](#transactions)
+    - [Read-write transactions](#read-write-transactions)
+    - [Read-only transactions](#read-only-transactions)
+    - [Batch read-write transactions](#batch-read-write-transactions)
+    - [Managing transactions manually](#managing-transactions-manually)
+  - [Using buckets](#using-buckets)
+  - [Using key/value pairs](#using-keyvalue-pairs)
+  - [Autoincrementing integer for the bucket](#autoincrementing-integer-for-the-bucket)
+  - [Iterating over keys](#iterating-over-keys)
+    - [Prefix scans](#prefix-scans)
+    - [Range scans](#range-scans)
+    - [ForEach()](#foreach)
+  - [Nested buckets](#nested-buckets)
+  - [Database backups](#database-backups)
+  - [Statistics](#statistics)
+  - [Read-Only Mode](#read-only-mode)
+  - [Mobile Use (iOS/Android)](#mobile-use-iosandroid)
+- [Resources](#resources)
+- [Comparison with other databases](#comparison-with-other-databases)
+  - [Postgres, MySQL, & other relational databases](#postgres-mysql--other-relational-databases)
+  - [LevelDB, RocksDB](#leveldb-rocksdb)
+  - [LMDB](#lmdb)
+- [Caveats & Limitations](#caveats--limitations)
+- [Reading the Source](#reading-the-source)
+- [Other Projects Using Bolt](#other-projects-using-bolt)
+
+## Getting Started
+
+### Installing
+
+To start using Bolt, install Go and run `go get`:
+
+```sh
+$ go get github.com/boltdb/bolt/...
+```
+
+This will retrieve the library and install the `bolt` command line utility into
+your `$GOBIN` path.
+
+
+### Opening a database
+
+The top-level object in Bolt is a `DB`. It is represented as a single file on
+your disk and represents a consistent snapshot of your data.
+
+To open your database, simply use the `bolt.Open()` function:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+	"log"
+
+	"github.com/boltdb/bolt"
+)
+
+func main() {
+	// Open the my.db data file in your current directory.
+	// It will be created if it doesn't exist.
+	db, err := bolt.Open("my.db", 0600, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	}
+	defer db.Close()
+
+	...
+}
+```
+
+Please note that Bolt obtains a file lock on the data file so multiple processes
+cannot open the same database at the same time. Opening an already open Bolt
+database will cause it to hang until the other process closes it. To prevent
+an indefinite wait you can pass a timeout option to the `Open()` function:
+
+```go
+db, err := bolt.Open("my.db", 0600, &bolt.Options{Timeout: 1 * time.Second})
+```
+
+
+### Transactions
+
+Bolt allows only one read-write transaction at a time but allows as many
+read-only transactions as you want at a time. Each transaction has a consistent
+view of the data as it existed when the transaction started.
+
+Individual transactions and all objects created from them (e.g. buckets, keys)
+are not thread safe. To work with data in multiple goroutines you must start
+a transaction for each one or use locking to ensure only one goroutine accesses
+a transaction at a time. Creating transaction from the `DB` is thread safe.
+
+Read-only transactions and read-write transactions should not depend on one
+another and generally shouldn't be opened simultaneously in the same goroutine.
+This can cause a deadlock as the read-write transaction needs to periodically
+re-map the data file but it cannot do so while a read-only transaction is open.
+
+
+#### Read-write transactions
+
+To start a read-write transaction, you can use the `DB.Update()` function:
+
+```go
+err := db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	...
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+Inside the closure, you have a consistent view of the database. You commit the
+transaction by returning `nil` at the end. You can also rollback the transaction
+at any point by returning an error. All database operations are allowed inside
+a read-write transaction.
+
+Always check the return error as it will report any disk failures that can cause
+your transaction to not complete. If you return an error within your closure
+it will be passed through.
+
+
+#### Read-only transactions
+
+To start a read-only transaction, you can use the `DB.View()` function:
+
+```go
+err := db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	...
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+You also get a consistent view of the database within this closure, however,
+no mutating operations are allowed within a read-only transaction. You can only
+retrieve buckets, retrieve values, and copy the database within a read-only
+transaction.
+
+
+#### Batch read-write transactions
+
+Each `DB.Update()` waits for disk to commit the writes. This overhead
+can be minimized by combining multiple updates with the `DB.Batch()`
+function:
+
+```go
+err := db.Batch(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	...
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+Concurrent Batch calls are opportunistically combined into larger
+transactions. Batch is only useful when there are multiple goroutines
+calling it.
+
+The trade-off is that `Batch` can call the given
+function multiple times, if parts of the transaction fail. The
+function must be idempotent and side effects must take effect only
+after a successful return from `DB.Batch()`.
+
+For example: don't display messages from inside the function, instead
+set variables in the enclosing scope:
+
+```go
+var id uint64
+err := db.Batch(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	// Find last key in bucket, decode as bigendian uint64, increment
+	// by one, encode back to []byte, and add new key.
+	...
+	id = newValue
+	return nil
+})
+if err != nil {
+	return ...
+}
+fmt.Println("Allocated ID %d", id)
+```
+
+
+#### Managing transactions manually
+
+The `DB.View()` and `DB.Update()` functions are wrappers around the `DB.Begin()`
+function. These helper functions will start the transaction, execute a function,
+and then safely close your transaction if an error is returned. This is the
+recommended way to use Bolt transactions.
+
+However, sometimes you may want to manually start and end your transactions.
+You can use the `DB.Begin()` function directly but **please** be sure to close
+the transaction.
+
+```go
+// Start a writable transaction.
+tx, err := db.Begin(true)
+if err != nil {
+    return err
+}
+defer tx.Rollback()
+
+// Use the transaction...
+_, err := tx.CreateBucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
+if err != nil {
+    return err
+}
+
+// Commit the transaction and check for error.
+if err := tx.Commit(); err != nil {
+    return err
+}
+```
+
+The first argument to `DB.Begin()` is a boolean stating if the transaction
+should be writable.
+
+
+### Using buckets
+
+Buckets are collections of key/value pairs within the database. All keys in a
+bucket must be unique. You can create a bucket using the `DB.CreateBucket()`
+function:
+
+```go
+db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	b, err := tx.CreateBucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("create bucket: %s", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+You can also create a bucket only if it doesn't exist by using the
+`Tx.CreateBucketIfNotExists()` function. It's a common pattern to call this
+function for all your top-level buckets after you open your database so you can
+guarantee that they exist for future transactions.
+
+To delete a bucket, simply call the `Tx.DeleteBucket()` function.
+
+
+### Using key/value pairs
+
+To save a key/value pair to a bucket, use the `Bucket.Put()` function:
+
+```go
+db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
+	err := b.Put([]byte("answer"), []byte("42"))
+	return err
+})
+```
+
+This will set the value of the `"answer"` key to `"42"` in the `MyBucket`
+bucket. To retrieve this value, we can use the `Bucket.Get()` function:
+
+```go
+db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
+	v := b.Get([]byte("answer"))
+	fmt.Printf("The answer is: %s\n", v)
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+The `Get()` function does not return an error because its operation is
+guaranteed to work (unless there is some kind of system failure). If the key
+exists then it will return its byte slice value. If it doesn't exist then it
+will return `nil`. It's important to note that you can have a zero-length value
+set to a key which is different than the key not existing.
+
+Use the `Bucket.Delete()` function to delete a key from the bucket.
+
+Please note that values returned from `Get()` are only valid while the
+transaction is open. If you need to use a value outside of the transaction
+then you must use `copy()` to copy it to another byte slice.
+
+
+### Autoincrementing integer for the bucket
+By using the `NextSequence()` function, you can let Bolt determine a sequence
+which can be used as the unique identifier for your key/value pairs. See the
+example below.
+
+```go
+// CreateUser saves u to the store. The new user ID is set on u once the data is persisted.
+func (s *Store) CreateUser(u *User) error {
+    return s.db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+        // Retrieve the users bucket.
+        // This should be created when the DB is first opened.
+        b := tx.Bucket([]byte("users"))
+
+        // Generate ID for the user.
+        // This returns an error only if the Tx is closed or not writeable.
+        // That can't happen in an Update() call so I ignore the error check.
+        id, _ := b.NextSequence()
+        u.ID = int(id)
+
+        // Marshal user data into bytes.
+        buf, err := json.Marshal(u)
+        if err != nil {
+            return err
+        }
+
+        // Persist bytes to users bucket.
+        return b.Put(itob(u.ID), buf)
+    })
+}
+
+// itob returns an 8-byte big endian representation of v.
+func itob(v int) []byte {
+    b := make([]byte, 8)
+    binary.BigEndian.PutUint64(b, uint64(v))
+    return b
+}
+
+type User struct {
+    ID int
+    ...
+}
+```
+
+### Iterating over keys
+
+Bolt stores its keys in byte-sorted order within a bucket. This makes sequential
+iteration over these keys extremely fast. To iterate over keys we'll use a
+`Cursor`:
+
+```go
+db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	// Assume bucket exists and has keys
+	b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
+
+	c := b.Cursor()
+
+	for k, v := c.First(); k != nil; k, v = c.Next() {
+		fmt.Printf("key=%s, value=%s\n", k, v)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+The cursor allows you to move to a specific point in the list of keys and move
+forward or backward through the keys one at a time.
+
+The following functions are available on the cursor:
+
+```
+First()  Move to the first key.
+Last()   Move to the last key.
+Seek()   Move to a specific key.
+Next()   Move to the next key.
+Prev()   Move to the previous key.
+```
+
+Each of those functions has a return signature of `(key []byte, value []byte)`.
+When you have iterated to the end of the cursor then `Next()` will return a
+`nil` key.  You must seek to a position using `First()`, `Last()`, or `Seek()`
+before calling `Next()` or `Prev()`. If you do not seek to a position then
+these functions will return a `nil` key.
+
+During iteration, if the key is non-`nil` but the value is `nil`, that means
+the key refers to a bucket rather than a value.  Use `Bucket.Bucket()` to
+access the sub-bucket.
+
+
+#### Prefix scans
+
+To iterate over a key prefix, you can combine `Seek()` and `bytes.HasPrefix()`:
+
+```go
+db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	// Assume bucket exists and has keys
+	c := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket")).Cursor()
+
+	prefix := []byte("1234")
+	for k, v := c.Seek(prefix); k != nil && bytes.HasPrefix(k, prefix); k, v = c.Next() {
+		fmt.Printf("key=%s, value=%s\n", k, v)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+#### Range scans
+
+Another common use case is scanning over a range such as a time range. If you
+use a sortable time encoding such as RFC3339 then you can query a specific
+date range like this:
+
+```go
+db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	// Assume our events bucket exists and has RFC3339 encoded time keys.
+	c := tx.Bucket([]byte("Events")).Cursor()
+
+	// Our time range spans the 90's decade.
+	min := []byte("1990-01-01T00:00:00Z")
+	max := []byte("2000-01-01T00:00:00Z")
+
+	// Iterate over the 90's.
+	for k, v := c.Seek(min); k != nil && bytes.Compare(k, max) <= 0; k, v = c.Next() {
+		fmt.Printf("%s: %s\n", k, v)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+Note that, while RFC3339 is sortable, the Golang implementation of RFC3339Nano does not use a fixed number of digits after the decimal point and is therefore not sortable.
+
+
+#### ForEach()
+
+You can also use the function `ForEach()` if you know you'll be iterating over
+all the keys in a bucket:
+
+```go
+db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+	// Assume bucket exists and has keys
+	b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
+
+	b.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
+		fmt.Printf("key=%s, value=%s\n", k, v)
+		return nil
+	})
+	return nil
+})
+```
+
+Please note that keys and values in `ForEach()` are only valid while
+the transaction is open. If you need to use a key or value outside of
+the transaction, you must use `copy()` to copy it to another byte
+slice.
+
+### Nested buckets
+
+You can also store a bucket in a key to create nested buckets. The API is the
+same as the bucket management API on the `DB` object:
+
+```go
+func (*Bucket) CreateBucket(key []byte) (*Bucket, error)
+func (*Bucket) CreateBucketIfNotExists(key []byte) (*Bucket, error)
+func (*Bucket) DeleteBucket(key []byte) error
+```
+
+Say you had a multi-tenant application where the root level bucket was the account bucket. Inside of this bucket was a sequence of accounts which themselves are buckets. And inside the sequence bucket you could have many buckets pertaining to the Account itself (Users, Notes, etc) isolating the information into logical groupings.
+
+```go
+
+// createUser creates a new user in the given account.
+func createUser(accountID int, u *User) error {
+    // Start the transaction.
+    tx, err := db.Begin(true)
+    if err != nil {
+        return err
+    }
+    defer tx.Rollback()
+
+    // Retrieve the root bucket for the account.
+    // Assume this has already been created when the account was set up.
+    root := tx.Bucket([]byte(strconv.FormatUint(accountID, 10)))
+
+    // Setup the users bucket.
+    bkt, err := root.CreateBucketIfNotExists([]byte("USERS"))
+    if err != nil {
+        return err
+    }
+
+    // Generate an ID for the new user.
+    userID, err := bkt.NextSequence()
+    if err != nil {
+        return err
+    }
+    u.ID = userID
+
+    // Marshal and save the encoded user.
+    if buf, err := json.Marshal(u); err != nil {
+        return err
+    } else if err := bkt.Put([]byte(strconv.FormatUint(u.ID, 10)), buf); err != nil {
+        return err
+    }
+
+    // Commit the transaction.
+    if err := tx.Commit(); err != nil {
+        return err
+    }
+
+    return nil
+}
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+### Database backups
+
+Bolt is a single file so it's easy to backup. You can use the `Tx.WriteTo()`
+function to write a consistent view of the database to a writer. If you call
+this from a read-only transaction, it will perform a hot backup and not block
+your other database reads and writes.
+
+By default, it will use a regular file handle which will utilize the operating
+system's page cache. See the [`Tx`](https://godoc.org/github.com/boltdb/bolt#Tx)
+documentation for information about optimizing for larger-than-RAM datasets.
+
+One common use case is to backup over HTTP so you can use tools like `cURL` to
+do database backups:
+
+```go
+func BackupHandleFunc(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+	err := db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/octet-stream")
+		w.Header().Set("Content-Disposition", `attachment; filename="my.db"`)
+		w.Header().Set("Content-Length", strconv.Itoa(int(tx.Size())))
+		_, err := tx.WriteTo(w)
+		return err
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+	}
+}
+```
+
+Then you can backup using this command:
+
+```sh
+$ curl http://localhost/backup > my.db
+```
+
+Or you can open your browser to `http://localhost/backup` and it will download
+automatically.
+
+If you want to backup to another file you can use the `Tx.CopyFile()` helper
+function.
+
+
+### Statistics
+
+The database keeps a running count of many of the internal operations it
+performs so you can better understand what's going on. By grabbing a snapshot
+of these stats at two points in time we can see what operations were performed
+in that time range.
+
+For example, we could start a goroutine to log stats every 10 seconds:
+
+```go
+go func() {
+	// Grab the initial stats.
+	prev := db.Stats()
+
+	for {
+		// Wait for 10s.
+		time.Sleep(10 * time.Second)
+
+		// Grab the current stats and diff them.
+		stats := db.Stats()
+		diff := stats.Sub(&prev)
+
+		// Encode stats to JSON and print to STDERR.
+		json.NewEncoder(os.Stderr).Encode(diff)
+
+		// Save stats for the next loop.
+		prev = stats
+	}
+}()
+```
+
+It's also useful to pipe these stats to a service such as statsd for monitoring
+or to provide an HTTP endpoint that will perform a fixed-length sample.
+
+
+### Read-Only Mode
+
+Sometimes it is useful to create a shared, read-only Bolt database. To this,
+set the `Options.ReadOnly` flag when opening your database. Read-only mode
+uses a shared lock to allow multiple processes to read from the database but
+it will block any processes from opening the database in read-write mode.
+
+```go
+db, err := bolt.Open("my.db", 0666, &bolt.Options{ReadOnly: true})
+if err != nil {
+	log.Fatal(err)
+}
+```
+
+### Mobile Use (iOS/Android)
+
+Bolt is able to run on mobile devices by leveraging the binding feature of the
+[gomobile](https://github.com/golang/mobile) tool. Create a struct that will
+contain your database logic and a reference to a `*bolt.DB` with a initializing
+constructor that takes in a filepath where the database file will be stored.
+Neither Android nor iOS require extra permissions or cleanup from using this method.
+
+```go
+func NewBoltDB(filepath string) *BoltDB {
+	db, err := bolt.Open(filepath+"/demo.db", 0600, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	return &BoltDB{db}
+}
+
+type BoltDB struct {
+	db *bolt.DB
+	...
+}
+
+func (b *BoltDB) Path() string {
+	return b.db.Path()
+}
+
+func (b *BoltDB) Close() {
+	b.db.Close()
+}
+```
+
+Database logic should be defined as methods on this wrapper struct.
+
+To initialize this struct from the native language (both platforms now sync
+their local storage to the cloud. These snippets disable that functionality for the
+database file):
+
+#### Android
+
+```java
+String path;
+if (android.os.Build.VERSION.SDK_INT >=android.os.Build.VERSION_CODES.LOLLIPOP){
+    path = getNoBackupFilesDir().getAbsolutePath();
+} else{
+    path = getFilesDir().getAbsolutePath();
+}
+Boltmobiledemo.BoltDB boltDB = Boltmobiledemo.NewBoltDB(path)
+```
+
+#### iOS
+
+```objc
+- (void)demo {
+    NSString* path = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(NSLibraryDirectory,
+                                                          NSUserDomainMask,
+                                                          YES) objectAtIndex:0];
+	GoBoltmobiledemoBoltDB * demo = GoBoltmobiledemoNewBoltDB(path);
+	[self addSkipBackupAttributeToItemAtPath:demo.path];
+	//Some DB Logic would go here
+	[demo close];
+}
+
+- (BOOL)addSkipBackupAttributeToItemAtPath:(NSString *) filePathString
+{
+    NSURL* URL= [NSURL fileURLWithPath: filePathString];
+    assert([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [URL path]]);
+
+    NSError *error = nil;
+    BOOL success = [URL setResourceValue: [NSNumber numberWithBool: YES]
+                                  forKey: NSURLIsExcludedFromBackupKey error: &error];
+    if(!success){
+        NSLog(@"Error excluding %@ from backup %@", [URL lastPathComponent], error);
+    }
+    return success;
+}
+
+```
+
+## Resources
+
+For more information on getting started with Bolt, check out the following articles:
+
+* [Intro to BoltDB: Painless Performant Persistence](http://npf.io/2014/07/intro-to-boltdb-painless-performant-persistence/) by [Nate Finch](https://github.com/natefinch).
+* [Bolt -- an embedded key/value database for Go](https://www.progville.com/go/bolt-embedded-db-golang/) by Progville
+
+
+## Comparison with other databases
+
+### Postgres, MySQL, & other relational databases
+
+Relational databases structure data into rows and are only accessible through
+the use of SQL. This approach provides flexibility in how you store and query
+your data but also incurs overhead in parsing and planning SQL statements. Bolt
+accesses all data by a byte slice key. This makes Bolt fast to read and write
+data by key but provides no built-in support for joining values together.
+
+Most relational databases (with the exception of SQLite) are standalone servers
+that run separately from your application. This gives your systems
+flexibility to connect multiple application servers to a single database
+server but also adds overhead in serializing and transporting data over the
+network. Bolt runs as a library included in your application so all data access
+has to go through your application's process. This brings data closer to your
+application but limits multi-process access to the data.
+
+
+### LevelDB, RocksDB
+
+LevelDB and its derivatives (RocksDB, HyperLevelDB) are similar to Bolt in that
+they are libraries bundled into the application, however, their underlying
+structure is a log-structured merge-tree (LSM tree). An LSM tree optimizes
+random writes by using a write ahead log and multi-tiered, sorted files called
+SSTables. Bolt uses a B+tree internally and only a single file. Both approaches
+have trade-offs.
+
+If you require a high random write throughput (>10,000 w/sec) or you need to use
+spinning disks then LevelDB could be a good choice. If your application is
+read-heavy or does a lot of range scans then Bolt could be a good choice.
+
+One other important consideration is that LevelDB does not have transactions.
+It supports batch writing of key/values pairs and it supports read snapshots
+but it will not give you the ability to do a compare-and-swap operation safely.
+Bolt supports fully serializable ACID transactions.
+
+
+### LMDB
+
+Bolt was originally a port of LMDB so it is architecturally similar. Both use
+a B+tree, have ACID semantics with fully serializable transactions, and support
+lock-free MVCC using a single writer and multiple readers.
+
+The two projects have somewhat diverged. LMDB heavily focuses on raw performance
+while Bolt has focused on simplicity and ease of use. For example, LMDB allows
+several unsafe actions such as direct writes for the sake of performance. Bolt
+opts to disallow actions which can leave the database in a corrupted state. The
+only exception to this in Bolt is `DB.NoSync`.
+
+There are also a few differences in API. LMDB requires a maximum mmap size when
+opening an `mdb_env` whereas Bolt will handle incremental mmap resizing
+automatically. LMDB overloads the getter and setter functions with multiple
+flags whereas Bolt splits these specialized cases into their own functions.
+
+
+## Caveats & Limitations
+
+It's important to pick the right tool for the job and Bolt is no exception.
+Here are a few things to note when evaluating and using Bolt:
+
+* Bolt is good for read intensive workloads. Sequential write performance is
+  also fast but random writes can be slow. You can use `DB.Batch()` or add a
+  write-ahead log to help mitigate this issue.
+
+* Bolt uses a B+tree internally so there can be a lot of random page access.
+  SSDs provide a significant performance boost over spinning disks.
+
+* Try to avoid long running read transactions. Bolt uses copy-on-write so
+  old pages cannot be reclaimed while an old transaction is using them.
+
+* Byte slices returned from Bolt are only valid during a transaction. Once the
+  transaction has been committed or rolled back then the memory they point to
+  can be reused by a new page or can be unmapped from virtual memory and you'll
+  see an `unexpected fault address` panic when accessing it.
+
+* Bolt uses an exclusive write lock on the database file so it cannot be
+  shared by multiple processes.
+
+* Be careful when using `Bucket.FillPercent`. Setting a high fill percent for
+  buckets that have random inserts will cause your database to have very poor
+  page utilization.
+
+* Use larger buckets in general. Smaller buckets causes poor page utilization
+  once they become larger than the page size (typically 4KB).
+
+* Bulk loading a lot of random writes into a new bucket can be slow as the
+  page will not split until the transaction is committed. Randomly inserting
+  more than 100,000 key/value pairs into a single new bucket in a single
+  transaction is not advised.
+
+* Bolt uses a memory-mapped file so the underlying operating system handles the
+  caching of the data. Typically, the OS will cache as much of the file as it
+  can in memory and will release memory as needed to other processes. This means
+  that Bolt can show very high memory usage when working with large databases.
+  However, this is expected and the OS will release memory as needed. Bolt can
+  handle databases much larger than the available physical RAM, provided its
+  memory-map fits in the process virtual address space. It may be problematic
+  on 32-bits systems.
+
+* The data structures in the Bolt database are memory mapped so the data file
+  will be endian specific. This means that you cannot copy a Bolt file from a
+  little endian machine to a big endian machine and have it work. For most
+  users this is not a concern since most modern CPUs are little endian.
+
+* Because of the way pages are laid out on disk, Bolt cannot truncate data files
+  and return free pages back to the disk. Instead, Bolt maintains a free list
+  of unused pages within its data file. These free pages can be reused by later
+  transactions. This works well for many use cases as databases generally tend
+  to grow. However, it's important to note that deleting large chunks of data
+  will not allow you to reclaim that space on disk.
+
+  For more information on page allocation, [see this comment][page-allocation].
+
+[page-allocation]: https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/issues/308#issuecomment-74811638
+
+
+## Reading the Source
+
+Bolt is a relatively small code base (<3KLOC) for an embedded, serializable,
+transactional key/value database so it can be a good starting point for people
+interested in how databases work.
+
+The best places to start are the main entry points into Bolt:
+
+- `Open()` - Initializes the reference to the database. It's responsible for
+  creating the database if it doesn't exist, obtaining an exclusive lock on the
+  file, reading the meta pages, & memory-mapping the file.
+
+- `DB.Begin()` - Starts a read-only or read-write transaction depending on the
+  value of the `writable` argument. This requires briefly obtaining the "meta"
+  lock to keep track of open transactions. Only one read-write transaction can
+  exist at a time so the "rwlock" is acquired during the life of a read-write
+  transaction.
+
+- `Bucket.Put()` - Writes a key/value pair into a bucket. After validating the
+  arguments, a cursor is used to traverse the B+tree to the page and position
+  where they key & value will be written. Once the position is found, the bucket
+  materializes the underlying page and the page's parent pages into memory as
+  "nodes". These nodes are where mutations occur during read-write transactions.
+  These changes get flushed to disk during commit.
+
+- `Bucket.Get()` - Retrieves a key/value pair from a bucket. This uses a cursor
+  to move to the page & position of a key/value pair. During a read-only
+  transaction, the key and value data is returned as a direct reference to the
+  underlying mmap file so there's no allocation overhead. For read-write
+  transactions, this data may reference the mmap file or one of the in-memory
+  node values.
+
+- `Cursor` - This object is simply for traversing the B+tree of on-disk pages
+  or in-memory nodes. It can seek to a specific key, move to the first or last
+  value, or it can move forward or backward. The cursor handles the movement up
+  and down the B+tree transparently to the end user.
+
+- `Tx.Commit()` - Converts the in-memory dirty nodes and the list of free pages
+  into pages to be written to disk. Writing to disk then occurs in two phases.
+  First, the dirty pages are written to disk and an `fsync()` occurs. Second, a
+  new meta page with an incremented transaction ID is written and another
+  `fsync()` occurs. This two phase write ensures that partially written data
+  pages are ignored in the event of a crash since the meta page pointing to them
+  is never written. Partially written meta pages are invalidated because they
+  are written with a checksum.
+
+If you have additional notes that could be helpful for others, please submit
+them via pull request.
+
+
+## Other Projects Using Bolt
+
+Below is a list of public, open source projects that use Bolt:
+
+* [BoltDbWeb](https://github.com/evnix/boltdbweb) - A web based GUI for BoltDB files.
+* [Operation Go: A Routine Mission](http://gocode.io) - An online programming game for Golang using Bolt for user accounts and a leaderboard.
+* [Bazil](https://bazil.org/) - A file system that lets your data reside where it is most convenient for it to reside.
+* [DVID](https://github.com/janelia-flyem/dvid) - Added Bolt as optional storage engine and testing it against Basho-tuned leveldb.
+* [Skybox Analytics](https://github.com/skybox/skybox) - A standalone funnel analysis tool for web analytics.
+* [Scuttlebutt](https://github.com/benbjohnson/scuttlebutt) - Uses Bolt to store and process all Twitter mentions of GitHub projects.
+* [Wiki](https://github.com/peterhellberg/wiki) - A tiny wiki using Goji, BoltDB and Blackfriday.
+* [ChainStore](https://github.com/pressly/chainstore) - Simple key-value interface to a variety of storage engines organized as a chain of operations.
+* [MetricBase](https://github.com/msiebuhr/MetricBase) - Single-binary version of Graphite.
+* [Gitchain](https://github.com/gitchain/gitchain) - Decentralized, peer-to-peer Git repositories aka "Git meets Bitcoin".
+* [event-shuttle](https://github.com/sclasen/event-shuttle) - A Unix system service to collect and reliably deliver messages to Kafka.
+* [ipxed](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/ipxed) - Web interface and api for ipxed.
+* [BoltStore](https://github.com/yosssi/boltstore) - Session store using Bolt.
+* [photosite/session](https://godoc.org/bitbucket.org/kardianos/photosite/session) - Sessions for a photo viewing site.
+* [LedisDB](https://github.com/siddontang/ledisdb) - A high performance NoSQL, using Bolt as optional storage.
+* [ipLocator](https://github.com/AndreasBriese/ipLocator) - A fast ip-geo-location-server using bolt with bloom filters.
+* [cayley](https://github.com/google/cayley) - Cayley is an open-source graph database using Bolt as optional backend.
+* [bleve](http://www.blevesearch.com/) - A pure Go search engine similar to ElasticSearch that uses Bolt as the default storage backend.
+* [tentacool](https://github.com/optiflows/tentacool) - REST api server to manage system stuff (IP, DNS, Gateway...) on a linux server.
+* [Seaweed File System](https://github.com/chrislusf/seaweedfs) - Highly scalable distributed key~file system with O(1) disk read.
+* [InfluxDB](https://influxdata.com) - Scalable datastore for metrics, events, and real-time analytics.
+* [Freehold](http://tshannon.bitbucket.org/freehold/) - An open, secure, and lightweight platform for your files and data.
+* [Prometheus Annotation Server](https://github.com/oliver006/prom_annotation_server) - Annotation server for PromDash & Prometheus service monitoring system.
+* [Consul](https://github.com/hashicorp/consul) - Consul is service discovery and configuration made easy. Distributed, highly available, and datacenter-aware.
+* [Kala](https://github.com/ajvb/kala) - Kala is a modern job scheduler optimized to run on a single node. It is persistent, JSON over HTTP API, ISO 8601 duration notation, and dependent jobs.
+* [drive](https://github.com/odeke-em/drive) - drive is an unofficial Google Drive command line client for \*NIX operating systems.
+* [stow](https://github.com/djherbis/stow) -  a persistence manager for objects
+  backed by boltdb.
+* [buckets](https://github.com/joyrexus/buckets) - a bolt wrapper streamlining
+  simple tx and key scans.
+* [mbuckets](https://github.com/abhigupta912/mbuckets) - A Bolt wrapper that allows easy operations on multi level (nested) buckets.
+* [Request Baskets](https://github.com/darklynx/request-baskets) - A web service to collect arbitrary HTTP requests and inspect them via REST API or simple web UI, similar to [RequestBin](http://requestb.in/) service
+* [Go Report Card](https://goreportcard.com/) - Go code quality report cards as a (free and open source) service.
+* [Boltdb Boilerplate](https://github.com/bobintornado/boltdb-boilerplate) - Boilerplate wrapper around bolt aiming to make simple calls one-liners.
+* [lru](https://github.com/crowdriff/lru) - Easy to use Bolt-backed Least-Recently-Used (LRU) read-through cache with chainable remote stores.
+* [Storm](https://github.com/asdine/storm) - Simple and powerful ORM for BoltDB.
+* [GoWebApp](https://github.com/josephspurrier/gowebapp) - A basic MVC web application in Go using BoltDB.
+* [SimpleBolt](https://github.com/xyproto/simplebolt) - A simple way to use BoltDB. Deals mainly with strings.
+* [Algernon](https://github.com/xyproto/algernon) - A HTTP/2 web server with built-in support for Lua. Uses BoltDB as the default database backend.
+* [MuLiFS](https://github.com/dankomiocevic/mulifs) - Music Library Filesystem creates a filesystem to organise your music files.
+* [GoShort](https://github.com/pankajkhairnar/goShort) - GoShort is a URL shortener written in Golang and BoltDB for persistent key/value storage and for routing it's using high performent HTTPRouter.
+* [torrent](https://github.com/anacrolix/torrent) - Full-featured BitTorrent client package and utilities in Go. BoltDB is a storage backend in development.
+* [gopherpit](https://github.com/gopherpit/gopherpit) - A web service to manage Go remote import paths with custom domains
+* [bolter](https://github.com/hasit/bolter) - Command-line app for viewing BoltDB file in your terminal.
+* [btcwallet](https://github.com/btcsuite/btcwallet) - A bitcoin wallet.
+* [dcrwallet](https://github.com/decred/dcrwallet) - A wallet for the Decred cryptocurrency.
+* [Ironsmith](https://github.com/timshannon/ironsmith) - A simple, script-driven continuous integration (build - > test -> release) tool, with no external dependencies
+* [BoltHold](https://github.com/timshannon/bolthold) - An embeddable NoSQL store for Go types built on BoltDB
+
+If you are using Bolt in a project please send a pull request to add it to the list.

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+version: "{build}"
+
+os: Windows Server 2012 R2
+
+clone_folder: c:\gopath\src\github.com\boltdb\bolt
+
+environment:
+  GOPATH: c:\gopath
+
+install:
+  - echo %PATH%
+  - echo %GOPATH%
+  - go version
+  - go env
+  - go get -v -t ./...
+
+build_script:
+  - go test -v ./...

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_386.go

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+package bolt
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0x7FFFFFFF // 2GB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0xFFFFFFF
+
+// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
+var brokenUnaligned = false

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_amd64.go

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+package bolt
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
+
+// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
+var brokenUnaligned = false

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_arm.go

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+package bolt
+
+import "unsafe"
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0x7FFFFFFF // 2GB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0xFFFFFFF
+
+// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
+var brokenUnaligned bool
+
+func init() {
+	// Simple check to see whether this arch handles unaligned load/stores
+	// correctly.
+
+	// ARM9 and older devices require load/stores to be from/to aligned
+	// addresses. If not, the lower 2 bits are cleared and that address is
+	// read in a jumbled up order.
+
+	// See http://infocenter.arm.com/help/index.jsp?topic=/com.arm.doc.faqs/ka15414.html
+
+	raw := [6]byte{0xfe, 0xef, 0x11, 0x22, 0x22, 0x11}
+	val := *(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&raw)) + 2))
+
+	brokenUnaligned = val != 0x11222211
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_arm64.go

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+// +build arm64
+
+package bolt
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
+
+// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
+var brokenUnaligned = false

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_linux.go

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"syscall"
+)
+
+// fdatasync flushes written data to a file descriptor.
+func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
+	return syscall.Fdatasync(int(db.file.Fd()))
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_openbsd.go

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"syscall"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+const (
+	msAsync      = 1 << iota // perform asynchronous writes
+	msSync                   // perform synchronous writes
+	msInvalidate             // invalidate cached data
+)
+
+func msync(db *DB) error {
+	_, _, errno := syscall.Syscall(syscall.SYS_MSYNC, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(db.data)), uintptr(db.datasz), msInvalidate)
+	if errno != 0 {
+		return errno
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
+	if db.data != nil {
+		return msync(db)
+	}
+	return db.file.Sync()
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_ppc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+// +build ppc
+
+package bolt
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0x7FFFFFFF // 2GB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0xFFFFFFF

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_ppc64.go

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+// +build ppc64
+
+package bolt
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
+
+// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
+var brokenUnaligned = false

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_ppc64le.go

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+// +build ppc64le
+
+package bolt
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
+
+// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
+var brokenUnaligned = false

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_s390x.go

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+// +build s390x
+
+package bolt
+
+// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
+const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
+
+// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
+const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
+
+// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
+var brokenUnaligned = false

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_unix.go

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+// +build !windows,!plan9,!solaris
+
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"syscall"
+	"time"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+// flock acquires an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
+func flock(db *DB, mode os.FileMode, exclusive bool, timeout time.Duration) error {
+	var t time.Time
+	for {
+		// If we're beyond our timeout then return an error.
+		// This can only occur after we've attempted a flock once.
+		if t.IsZero() {
+			t = time.Now()
+		} else if timeout > 0 && time.Since(t) > timeout {
+			return ErrTimeout
+		}
+		flag := syscall.LOCK_SH
+		if exclusive {
+			flag = syscall.LOCK_EX
+		}
+
+		// Otherwise attempt to obtain an exclusive lock.
+		err := syscall.Flock(int(db.file.Fd()), flag|syscall.LOCK_NB)
+		if err == nil {
+			return nil
+		} else if err != syscall.EWOULDBLOCK {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		// Wait for a bit and try again.
+		time.Sleep(50 * time.Millisecond)
+	}
+}
+
+// funlock releases an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
+func funlock(db *DB) error {
+	return syscall.Flock(int(db.file.Fd()), syscall.LOCK_UN)
+}
+
+// mmap memory maps a DB's data file.
+func mmap(db *DB, sz int) error {
+	// Map the data file to memory.
+	b, err := syscall.Mmap(int(db.file.Fd()), 0, sz, syscall.PROT_READ, syscall.MAP_SHARED|db.MmapFlags)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Advise the kernel that the mmap is accessed randomly.
+	if err := madvise(b, syscall.MADV_RANDOM); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("madvise: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	// Save the original byte slice and convert to a byte array pointer.
+	db.dataref = b
+	db.data = (*[maxMapSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]))
+	db.datasz = sz
+	return nil
+}
+
+// munmap unmaps a DB's data file from memory.
+func munmap(db *DB) error {
+	// Ignore the unmap if we have no mapped data.
+	if db.dataref == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// Unmap using the original byte slice.
+	err := syscall.Munmap(db.dataref)
+	db.dataref = nil
+	db.data = nil
+	db.datasz = 0
+	return err
+}
+
+// NOTE: This function is copied from stdlib because it is not available on darwin.
+func madvise(b []byte, advice int) (err error) {
+	_, _, e1 := syscall.Syscall(syscall.SYS_MADVISE, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])), uintptr(len(b)), uintptr(advice))
+	if e1 != 0 {
+		err = e1
+	}
+	return
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_unix_solaris.go

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"syscall"
+	"time"
+	"unsafe"
+
+	"golang.org/x/sys/unix"
+)
+
+// flock acquires an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
+func flock(db *DB, mode os.FileMode, exclusive bool, timeout time.Duration) error {
+	var t time.Time
+	for {
+		// If we're beyond our timeout then return an error.
+		// This can only occur after we've attempted a flock once.
+		if t.IsZero() {
+			t = time.Now()
+		} else if timeout > 0 && time.Since(t) > timeout {
+			return ErrTimeout
+		}
+		var lock syscall.Flock_t
+		lock.Start = 0
+		lock.Len = 0
+		lock.Pid = 0
+		lock.Whence = 0
+		lock.Pid = 0
+		if exclusive {
+			lock.Type = syscall.F_WRLCK
+		} else {
+			lock.Type = syscall.F_RDLCK
+		}
+		err := syscall.FcntlFlock(db.file.Fd(), syscall.F_SETLK, &lock)
+		if err == nil {
+			return nil
+		} else if err != syscall.EAGAIN {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		// Wait for a bit and try again.
+		time.Sleep(50 * time.Millisecond)
+	}
+}
+
+// funlock releases an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
+func funlock(db *DB) error {
+	var lock syscall.Flock_t
+	lock.Start = 0
+	lock.Len = 0
+	lock.Type = syscall.F_UNLCK
+	lock.Whence = 0
+	return syscall.FcntlFlock(uintptr(db.file.Fd()), syscall.F_SETLK, &lock)
+}
+
+// mmap memory maps a DB's data file.
+func mmap(db *DB, sz int) error {
+	// Map the data file to memory.
+	b, err := unix.Mmap(int(db.file.Fd()), 0, sz, syscall.PROT_READ, syscall.MAP_SHARED|db.MmapFlags)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Advise the kernel that the mmap is accessed randomly.
+	if err := unix.Madvise(b, syscall.MADV_RANDOM); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("madvise: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	// Save the original byte slice and convert to a byte array pointer.
+	db.dataref = b
+	db.data = (*[maxMapSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]))
+	db.datasz = sz
+	return nil
+}
+
+// munmap unmaps a DB's data file from memory.
+func munmap(db *DB) error {
+	// Ignore the unmap if we have no mapped data.
+	if db.dataref == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// Unmap using the original byte slice.
+	err := unix.Munmap(db.dataref)
+	db.dataref = nil
+	db.data = nil
+	db.datasz = 0
+	return err
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bolt_windows.go

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"syscall"
+	"time"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+// LockFileEx code derived from golang build filemutex_windows.go @ v1.5.1
+var (
+	modkernel32      = syscall.NewLazyDLL("kernel32.dll")
+	procLockFileEx   = modkernel32.NewProc("LockFileEx")
+	procUnlockFileEx = modkernel32.NewProc("UnlockFileEx")
+)
+
+const (
+	lockExt = ".lock"
+
+	// see https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365203(v=vs.85).aspx
+	flagLockExclusive       = 2
+	flagLockFailImmediately = 1
+
+	// see https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms681382(v=vs.85).aspx
+	errLockViolation syscall.Errno = 0x21
+)
+
+func lockFileEx(h syscall.Handle, flags, reserved, locklow, lockhigh uint32, ol *syscall.Overlapped) (err error) {
+	r, _, err := procLockFileEx.Call(uintptr(h), uintptr(flags), uintptr(reserved), uintptr(locklow), uintptr(lockhigh), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(ol)))
+	if r == 0 {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func unlockFileEx(h syscall.Handle, reserved, locklow, lockhigh uint32, ol *syscall.Overlapped) (err error) {
+	r, _, err := procUnlockFileEx.Call(uintptr(h), uintptr(reserved), uintptr(locklow), uintptr(lockhigh), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(ol)), 0)
+	if r == 0 {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// fdatasync flushes written data to a file descriptor.
+func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
+	return db.file.Sync()
+}
+
+// flock acquires an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
+func flock(db *DB, mode os.FileMode, exclusive bool, timeout time.Duration) error {
+	// Create a separate lock file on windows because a process
+	// cannot share an exclusive lock on the same file. This is
+	// needed during Tx.WriteTo().
+	f, err := os.OpenFile(db.path+lockExt, os.O_CREATE, mode)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	db.lockfile = f
+
+	var t time.Time
+	for {
+		// If we're beyond our timeout then return an error.
+		// This can only occur after we've attempted a flock once.
+		if t.IsZero() {
+			t = time.Now()
+		} else if timeout > 0 && time.Since(t) > timeout {
+			return ErrTimeout
+		}
+
+		var flag uint32 = flagLockFailImmediately
+		if exclusive {
+			flag |= flagLockExclusive
+		}
+
+		err := lockFileEx(syscall.Handle(db.lockfile.Fd()), flag, 0, 1, 0, &syscall.Overlapped{})
+		if err == nil {
+			return nil
+		} else if err != errLockViolation {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		// Wait for a bit and try again.
+		time.Sleep(50 * time.Millisecond)
+	}
+}
+
+// funlock releases an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
+func funlock(db *DB) error {
+	err := unlockFileEx(syscall.Handle(db.lockfile.Fd()), 0, 1, 0, &syscall.Overlapped{})
+	db.lockfile.Close()
+	os.Remove(db.path + lockExt)
+	return err
+}
+
+// mmap memory maps a DB's data file.
+// Based on: https://github.com/edsrzf/mmap-go
+func mmap(db *DB, sz int) error {
+	if !db.readOnly {
+		// Truncate the database to the size of the mmap.
+		if err := db.file.Truncate(int64(sz)); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("truncate: %s", err)
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Open a file mapping handle.
+	sizelo := uint32(sz >> 32)
+	sizehi := uint32(sz) & 0xffffffff
+	h, errno := syscall.CreateFileMapping(syscall.Handle(db.file.Fd()), nil, syscall.PAGE_READONLY, sizelo, sizehi, nil)
+	if h == 0 {
+		return os.NewSyscallError("CreateFileMapping", errno)
+	}
+
+	// Create the memory map.
+	addr, errno := syscall.MapViewOfFile(h, syscall.FILE_MAP_READ, 0, 0, uintptr(sz))
+	if addr == 0 {
+		return os.NewSyscallError("MapViewOfFile", errno)
+	}
+
+	// Close mapping handle.
+	if err := syscall.CloseHandle(syscall.Handle(h)); err != nil {
+		return os.NewSyscallError("CloseHandle", err)
+	}
+
+	// Convert to a byte array.
+	db.data = ((*[maxMapSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(addr)))
+	db.datasz = sz
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// munmap unmaps a pointer from a file.
+// Based on: https://github.com/edsrzf/mmap-go
+func munmap(db *DB) error {
+	if db.data == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	addr := (uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&db.data[0]))
+	if err := syscall.UnmapViewOfFile(addr); err != nil {
+		return os.NewSyscallError("UnmapViewOfFile", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/boltsync_unix.go

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// +build !windows,!plan9,!linux,!openbsd
+
+package bolt
+
+// fdatasync flushes written data to a file descriptor.
+func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
+	return db.file.Sync()
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/bucket.go

@@ -0,0 +1,777 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+const (
+	// MaxKeySize is the maximum length of a key, in bytes.
+	MaxKeySize = 32768
+
+	// MaxValueSize is the maximum length of a value, in bytes.
+	MaxValueSize = (1 << 31) - 2
+)
+
+const (
+	maxUint = ^uint(0)
+	minUint = 0
+	maxInt  = int(^uint(0) >> 1)
+	minInt  = -maxInt - 1
+)
+
+const bucketHeaderSize = int(unsafe.Sizeof(bucket{}))
+
+const (
+	minFillPercent = 0.1
+	maxFillPercent = 1.0
+)
+
+// DefaultFillPercent is the percentage that split pages are filled.
+// This value can be changed by setting Bucket.FillPercent.
+const DefaultFillPercent = 0.5
+
+// Bucket represents a collection of key/value pairs inside the database.
+type Bucket struct {
+	*bucket
+	tx       *Tx                // the associated transaction
+	buckets  map[string]*Bucket // subbucket cache
+	page     *page              // inline page reference
+	rootNode *node              // materialized node for the root page.
+	nodes    map[pgid]*node     // node cache
+
+	// Sets the threshold for filling nodes when they split. By default,
+	// the bucket will fill to 50% but it can be useful to increase this
+	// amount if you know that your write workloads are mostly append-only.
+	//
+	// This is non-persisted across transactions so it must be set in every Tx.
+	FillPercent float64
+}
+
+// bucket represents the on-file representation of a bucket.
+// This is stored as the "value" of a bucket key. If the bucket is small enough,
+// then its root page can be stored inline in the "value", after the bucket
+// header. In the case of inline buckets, the "root" will be 0.
+type bucket struct {
+	root     pgid   // page id of the bucket's root-level page
+	sequence uint64 // monotonically incrementing, used by NextSequence()
+}
+
+// newBucket returns a new bucket associated with a transaction.
+func newBucket(tx *Tx) Bucket {
+	var b = Bucket{tx: tx, FillPercent: DefaultFillPercent}
+	if tx.writable {
+		b.buckets = make(map[string]*Bucket)
+		b.nodes = make(map[pgid]*node)
+	}
+	return b
+}
+
+// Tx returns the tx of the bucket.
+func (b *Bucket) Tx() *Tx {
+	return b.tx
+}
+
+// Root returns the root of the bucket.
+func (b *Bucket) Root() pgid {
+	return b.root
+}
+
+// Writable returns whether the bucket is writable.
+func (b *Bucket) Writable() bool {
+	return b.tx.writable
+}
+
+// Cursor creates a cursor associated with the bucket.
+// The cursor is only valid as long as the transaction is open.
+// Do not use a cursor after the transaction is closed.
+func (b *Bucket) Cursor() *Cursor {
+	// Update transaction statistics.
+	b.tx.stats.CursorCount++
+
+	// Allocate and return a cursor.
+	return &Cursor{
+		bucket: b,
+		stack:  make([]elemRef, 0),
+	}
+}
+
+// Bucket retrieves a nested bucket by name.
+// Returns nil if the bucket does not exist.
+// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
+func (b *Bucket) Bucket(name []byte) *Bucket {
+	if b.buckets != nil {
+		if child := b.buckets[string(name)]; child != nil {
+			return child
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Move cursor to key.
+	c := b.Cursor()
+	k, v, flags := c.seek(name)
+
+	// Return nil if the key doesn't exist or it is not a bucket.
+	if !bytes.Equal(name, k) || (flags&bucketLeafFlag) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// Otherwise create a bucket and cache it.
+	var child = b.openBucket(v)
+	if b.buckets != nil {
+		b.buckets[string(name)] = child
+	}
+
+	return child
+}
+
+// Helper method that re-interprets a sub-bucket value
+// from a parent into a Bucket
+func (b *Bucket) openBucket(value []byte) *Bucket {
+	var child = newBucket(b.tx)
+
+	// If unaligned load/stores are broken on this arch and value is
+	// unaligned simply clone to an aligned byte array.
+	unaligned := brokenUnaligned && uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))&3 != 0
+
+	if unaligned {
+		value = cloneBytes(value)
+	}
+
+	// If this is a writable transaction then we need to copy the bucket entry.
+	// Read-only transactions can point directly at the mmap entry.
+	if b.tx.writable && !unaligned {
+		child.bucket = &bucket{}
+		*child.bucket = *(*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
+	} else {
+		child.bucket = (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
+	}
+
+	// Save a reference to the inline page if the bucket is inline.
+	if child.root == 0 {
+		child.page = (*page)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[bucketHeaderSize]))
+	}
+
+	return &child
+}
+
+// CreateBucket creates a new bucket at the given key and returns the new bucket.
+// Returns an error if the key already exists, if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
+// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
+func (b *Bucket) CreateBucket(key []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
+	if b.tx.db == nil {
+		return nil, ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !b.tx.writable {
+		return nil, ErrTxNotWritable
+	} else if len(key) == 0 {
+		return nil, ErrBucketNameRequired
+	}
+
+	// Move cursor to correct position.
+	c := b.Cursor()
+	k, _, flags := c.seek(key)
+
+	// Return an error if there is an existing key.
+	if bytes.Equal(key, k) {
+		if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
+			return nil, ErrBucketExists
+		}
+		return nil, ErrIncompatibleValue
+	}
+
+	// Create empty, inline bucket.
+	var bucket = Bucket{
+		bucket:      &bucket{},
+		rootNode:    &node{isLeaf: true},
+		FillPercent: DefaultFillPercent,
+	}
+	var value = bucket.write()
+
+	// Insert into node.
+	key = cloneBytes(key)
+	c.node().put(key, key, value, 0, bucketLeafFlag)
+
+	// Since subbuckets are not allowed on inline buckets, we need to
+	// dereference the inline page, if it exists. This will cause the bucket
+	// to be treated as a regular, non-inline bucket for the rest of the tx.
+	b.page = nil
+
+	return b.Bucket(key), nil
+}
+
+// CreateBucketIfNotExists creates a new bucket if it doesn't already exist and returns a reference to it.
+// Returns an error if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
+// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
+func (b *Bucket) CreateBucketIfNotExists(key []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
+	child, err := b.CreateBucket(key)
+	if err == ErrBucketExists {
+		return b.Bucket(key), nil
+	} else if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return child, nil
+}
+
+// DeleteBucket deletes a bucket at the given key.
+// Returns an error if the bucket does not exists, or if the key represents a non-bucket value.
+func (b *Bucket) DeleteBucket(key []byte) error {
+	if b.tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !b.Writable() {
+		return ErrTxNotWritable
+	}
+
+	// Move cursor to correct position.
+	c := b.Cursor()
+	k, _, flags := c.seek(key)
+
+	// Return an error if bucket doesn't exist or is not a bucket.
+	if !bytes.Equal(key, k) {
+		return ErrBucketNotFound
+	} else if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) == 0 {
+		return ErrIncompatibleValue
+	}
+
+	// Recursively delete all child buckets.
+	child := b.Bucket(key)
+	err := child.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
+		if v == nil {
+			if err := child.DeleteBucket(k); err != nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("delete bucket: %s", err)
+			}
+		}
+		return nil
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Remove cached copy.
+	delete(b.buckets, string(key))
+
+	// Release all bucket pages to freelist.
+	child.nodes = nil
+	child.rootNode = nil
+	child.free()
+
+	// Delete the node if we have a matching key.
+	c.node().del(key)
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Get retrieves the value for a key in the bucket.
+// Returns a nil value if the key does not exist or if the key is a nested bucket.
+// The returned value is only valid for the life of the transaction.
+func (b *Bucket) Get(key []byte) []byte {
+	k, v, flags := b.Cursor().seek(key)
+
+	// Return nil if this is a bucket.
+	if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// If our target node isn't the same key as what's passed in then return nil.
+	if !bytes.Equal(key, k) {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return v
+}
+
+// Put sets the value for a key in the bucket.
+// If the key exist then its previous value will be overwritten.
+// Supplied value must remain valid for the life of the transaction.
+// Returns an error if the bucket was created from a read-only transaction, if the key is blank, if the key is too large, or if the value is too large.
+func (b *Bucket) Put(key []byte, value []byte) error {
+	if b.tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !b.Writable() {
+		return ErrTxNotWritable
+	} else if len(key) == 0 {
+		return ErrKeyRequired
+	} else if len(key) > MaxKeySize {
+		return ErrKeyTooLarge
+	} else if int64(len(value)) > MaxValueSize {
+		return ErrValueTooLarge
+	}
+
+	// Move cursor to correct position.
+	c := b.Cursor()
+	k, _, flags := c.seek(key)
+
+	// Return an error if there is an existing key with a bucket value.
+	if bytes.Equal(key, k) && (flags&bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
+		return ErrIncompatibleValue
+	}
+
+	// Insert into node.
+	key = cloneBytes(key)
+	c.node().put(key, key, value, 0, 0)
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Delete removes a key from the bucket.
+// If the key does not exist then nothing is done and a nil error is returned.
+// Returns an error if the bucket was created from a read-only transaction.
+func (b *Bucket) Delete(key []byte) error {
+	if b.tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !b.Writable() {
+		return ErrTxNotWritable
+	}
+
+	// Move cursor to correct position.
+	c := b.Cursor()
+	_, _, flags := c.seek(key)
+
+	// Return an error if there is already existing bucket value.
+	if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
+		return ErrIncompatibleValue
+	}
+
+	// Delete the node if we have a matching key.
+	c.node().del(key)
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Sequence returns the current integer for the bucket without incrementing it.
+func (b *Bucket) Sequence() uint64 { return b.bucket.sequence }
+
+// SetSequence updates the sequence number for the bucket.
+func (b *Bucket) SetSequence(v uint64) error {
+	if b.tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !b.Writable() {
+		return ErrTxNotWritable
+	}
+
+	// Materialize the root node if it hasn't been already so that the
+	// bucket will be saved during commit.
+	if b.rootNode == nil {
+		_ = b.node(b.root, nil)
+	}
+
+	// Increment and return the sequence.
+	b.bucket.sequence = v
+	return nil
+}
+
+// NextSequence returns an autoincrementing integer for the bucket.
+func (b *Bucket) NextSequence() (uint64, error) {
+	if b.tx.db == nil {
+		return 0, ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !b.Writable() {
+		return 0, ErrTxNotWritable
+	}
+
+	// Materialize the root node if it hasn't been already so that the
+	// bucket will be saved during commit.
+	if b.rootNode == nil {
+		_ = b.node(b.root, nil)
+	}
+
+	// Increment and return the sequence.
+	b.bucket.sequence++
+	return b.bucket.sequence, nil
+}
+
+// ForEach executes a function for each key/value pair in a bucket.
+// If the provided function returns an error then the iteration is stopped and
+// the error is returned to the caller. The provided function must not modify
+// the bucket; this will result in undefined behavior.
+func (b *Bucket) ForEach(fn func(k, v []byte) error) error {
+	if b.tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	}
+	c := b.Cursor()
+	for k, v := c.First(); k != nil; k, v = c.Next() {
+		if err := fn(k, v); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Stat returns stats on a bucket.
+func (b *Bucket) Stats() BucketStats {
+	var s, subStats BucketStats
+	pageSize := b.tx.db.pageSize
+	s.BucketN += 1
+	if b.root == 0 {
+		s.InlineBucketN += 1
+	}
+	b.forEachPage(func(p *page, depth int) {
+		if (p.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0 {
+			s.KeyN += int(p.count)
+
+			// used totals the used bytes for the page
+			used := pageHeaderSize
+
+			if p.count != 0 {
+				// If page has any elements, add all element headers.
+				used += leafPageElementSize * int(p.count-1)
+
+				// Add all element key, value sizes.
+				// The computation takes advantage of the fact that the position
+				// of the last element's key/value equals to the total of the sizes
+				// of all previous elements' keys and values.
+				// It also includes the last element's header.
+				lastElement := p.leafPageElement(p.count - 1)
+				used += int(lastElement.pos + lastElement.ksize + lastElement.vsize)
+			}
+
+			if b.root == 0 {
+				// For inlined bucket just update the inline stats
+				s.InlineBucketInuse += used
+			} else {
+				// For non-inlined bucket update all the leaf stats
+				s.LeafPageN++
+				s.LeafInuse += used
+				s.LeafOverflowN += int(p.overflow)
+
+				// Collect stats from sub-buckets.
+				// Do that by iterating over all element headers
+				// looking for the ones with the bucketLeafFlag.
+				for i := uint16(0); i < p.count; i++ {
+					e := p.leafPageElement(i)
+					if (e.flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
+						// For any bucket element, open the element value
+						// and recursively call Stats on the contained bucket.
+						subStats.Add(b.openBucket(e.value()).Stats())
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
+			s.BranchPageN++
+			lastElement := p.branchPageElement(p.count - 1)
+
+			// used totals the used bytes for the page
+			// Add header and all element headers.
+			used := pageHeaderSize + (branchPageElementSize * int(p.count-1))
+
+			// Add size of all keys and values.
+			// Again, use the fact that last element's position equals to
+			// the total of key, value sizes of all previous elements.
+			used += int(lastElement.pos + lastElement.ksize)
+			s.BranchInuse += used
+			s.BranchOverflowN += int(p.overflow)
+		}
+
+		// Keep track of maximum page depth.
+		if depth+1 > s.Depth {
+			s.Depth = (depth + 1)
+		}
+	})
+
+	// Alloc stats can be computed from page counts and pageSize.
+	s.BranchAlloc = (s.BranchPageN + s.BranchOverflowN) * pageSize
+	s.LeafAlloc = (s.LeafPageN + s.LeafOverflowN) * pageSize
+
+	// Add the max depth of sub-buckets to get total nested depth.
+	s.Depth += subStats.Depth
+	// Add the stats for all sub-buckets
+	s.Add(subStats)
+	return s
+}
+
+// forEachPage iterates over every page in a bucket, including inline pages.
+func (b *Bucket) forEachPage(fn func(*page, int)) {
+	// If we have an inline page then just use that.
+	if b.page != nil {
+		fn(b.page, 0)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Otherwise traverse the page hierarchy.
+	b.tx.forEachPage(b.root, 0, fn)
+}
+
+// forEachPageNode iterates over every page (or node) in a bucket.
+// This also includes inline pages.
+func (b *Bucket) forEachPageNode(fn func(*page, *node, int)) {
+	// If we have an inline page or root node then just use that.
+	if b.page != nil {
+		fn(b.page, nil, 0)
+		return
+	}
+	b._forEachPageNode(b.root, 0, fn)
+}
+
+func (b *Bucket) _forEachPageNode(pgid pgid, depth int, fn func(*page, *node, int)) {
+	var p, n = b.pageNode(pgid)
+
+	// Execute function.
+	fn(p, n, depth)
+
+	// Recursively loop over children.
+	if p != nil {
+		if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
+			for i := 0; i < int(p.count); i++ {
+				elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
+				b._forEachPageNode(elem.pgid, depth+1, fn)
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		if !n.isLeaf {
+			for _, inode := range n.inodes {
+				b._forEachPageNode(inode.pgid, depth+1, fn)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// spill writes all the nodes for this bucket to dirty pages.
+func (b *Bucket) spill() error {
+	// Spill all child buckets first.
+	for name, child := range b.buckets {
+		// If the child bucket is small enough and it has no child buckets then
+		// write it inline into the parent bucket's page. Otherwise spill it
+		// like a normal bucket and make the parent value a pointer to the page.
+		var value []byte
+		if child.inlineable() {
+			child.free()
+			value = child.write()
+		} else {
+			if err := child.spill(); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			// Update the child bucket header in this bucket.
+			value = make([]byte, unsafe.Sizeof(bucket{}))
+			var bucket = (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
+			*bucket = *child.bucket
+		}
+
+		// Skip writing the bucket if there are no materialized nodes.
+		if child.rootNode == nil {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Update parent node.
+		var c = b.Cursor()
+		k, _, flags := c.seek([]byte(name))
+		if !bytes.Equal([]byte(name), k) {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("misplaced bucket header: %x -> %x", []byte(name), k))
+		}
+		if flags&bucketLeafFlag == 0 {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("unexpected bucket header flag: %x", flags))
+		}
+		c.node().put([]byte(name), []byte(name), value, 0, bucketLeafFlag)
+	}
+
+	// Ignore if there's not a materialized root node.
+	if b.rootNode == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// Spill nodes.
+	if err := b.rootNode.spill(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	b.rootNode = b.rootNode.root()
+
+	// Update the root node for this bucket.
+	if b.rootNode.pgid >= b.tx.meta.pgid {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("pgid (%d) above high water mark (%d)", b.rootNode.pgid, b.tx.meta.pgid))
+	}
+	b.root = b.rootNode.pgid
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// inlineable returns true if a bucket is small enough to be written inline
+// and if it contains no subbuckets. Otherwise returns false.
+func (b *Bucket) inlineable() bool {
+	var n = b.rootNode
+
+	// Bucket must only contain a single leaf node.
+	if n == nil || !n.isLeaf {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	// Bucket is not inlineable if it contains subbuckets or if it goes beyond
+	// our threshold for inline bucket size.
+	var size = pageHeaderSize
+	for _, inode := range n.inodes {
+		size += leafPageElementSize + len(inode.key) + len(inode.value)
+
+		if inode.flags&bucketLeafFlag != 0 {
+			return false
+		} else if size > b.maxInlineBucketSize() {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// Returns the maximum total size of a bucket to make it a candidate for inlining.
+func (b *Bucket) maxInlineBucketSize() int {
+	return b.tx.db.pageSize / 4
+}
+
+// write allocates and writes a bucket to a byte slice.
+func (b *Bucket) write() []byte {
+	// Allocate the appropriate size.
+	var n = b.rootNode
+	var value = make([]byte, bucketHeaderSize+n.size())
+
+	// Write a bucket header.
+	var bucket = (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
+	*bucket = *b.bucket
+
+	// Convert byte slice to a fake page and write the root node.
+	var p = (*page)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[bucketHeaderSize]))
+	n.write(p)
+
+	return value
+}
+
+// rebalance attempts to balance all nodes.
+func (b *Bucket) rebalance() {
+	for _, n := range b.nodes {
+		n.rebalance()
+	}
+	for _, child := range b.buckets {
+		child.rebalance()
+	}
+}
+
+// node creates a node from a page and associates it with a given parent.
+func (b *Bucket) node(pgid pgid, parent *node) *node {
+	_assert(b.nodes != nil, "nodes map expected")
+
+	// Retrieve node if it's already been created.
+	if n := b.nodes[pgid]; n != nil {
+		return n
+	}
+
+	// Otherwise create a node and cache it.
+	n := &node{bucket: b, parent: parent}
+	if parent == nil {
+		b.rootNode = n
+	} else {
+		parent.children = append(parent.children, n)
+	}
+
+	// Use the inline page if this is an inline bucket.
+	var p = b.page
+	if p == nil {
+		p = b.tx.page(pgid)
+	}
+
+	// Read the page into the node and cache it.
+	n.read(p)
+	b.nodes[pgid] = n
+
+	// Update statistics.
+	b.tx.stats.NodeCount++
+
+	return n
+}
+
+// free recursively frees all pages in the bucket.
+func (b *Bucket) free() {
+	if b.root == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+
+	var tx = b.tx
+	b.forEachPageNode(func(p *page, n *node, _ int) {
+		if p != nil {
+			tx.db.freelist.free(tx.meta.txid, p)
+		} else {
+			n.free()
+		}
+	})
+	b.root = 0
+}
+
+// dereference removes all references to the old mmap.
+func (b *Bucket) dereference() {
+	if b.rootNode != nil {
+		b.rootNode.root().dereference()
+	}
+
+	for _, child := range b.buckets {
+		child.dereference()
+	}
+}
+
+// pageNode returns the in-memory node, if it exists.
+// Otherwise returns the underlying page.
+func (b *Bucket) pageNode(id pgid) (*page, *node) {
+	// Inline buckets have a fake page embedded in their value so treat them
+	// differently. We'll return the rootNode (if available) or the fake page.
+	if b.root == 0 {
+		if id != 0 {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("inline bucket non-zero page access(2): %d != 0", id))
+		}
+		if b.rootNode != nil {
+			return nil, b.rootNode
+		}
+		return b.page, nil
+	}
+
+	// Check the node cache for non-inline buckets.
+	if b.nodes != nil {
+		if n := b.nodes[id]; n != nil {
+			return nil, n
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Finally lookup the page from the transaction if no node is materialized.
+	return b.tx.page(id), nil
+}
+
+// BucketStats records statistics about resources used by a bucket.
+type BucketStats struct {
+	// Page count statistics.
+	BranchPageN     int // number of logical branch pages
+	BranchOverflowN int // number of physical branch overflow pages
+	LeafPageN       int // number of logical leaf pages
+	LeafOverflowN   int // number of physical leaf overflow pages
+
+	// Tree statistics.
+	KeyN  int // number of keys/value pairs
+	Depth int // number of levels in B+tree
+
+	// Page size utilization.
+	BranchAlloc int // bytes allocated for physical branch pages
+	BranchInuse int // bytes actually used for branch data
+	LeafAlloc   int // bytes allocated for physical leaf pages
+	LeafInuse   int // bytes actually used for leaf data
+
+	// Bucket statistics
+	BucketN           int // total number of buckets including the top bucket
+	InlineBucketN     int // total number on inlined buckets
+	InlineBucketInuse int // bytes used for inlined buckets (also accounted for in LeafInuse)
+}
+
+func (s *BucketStats) Add(other BucketStats) {
+	s.BranchPageN += other.BranchPageN
+	s.BranchOverflowN += other.BranchOverflowN
+	s.LeafPageN += other.LeafPageN
+	s.LeafOverflowN += other.LeafOverflowN
+	s.KeyN += other.KeyN
+	if s.Depth < other.Depth {
+		s.Depth = other.Depth
+	}
+	s.BranchAlloc += other.BranchAlloc
+	s.BranchInuse += other.BranchInuse
+	s.LeafAlloc += other.LeafAlloc
+	s.LeafInuse += other.LeafInuse
+
+	s.BucketN += other.BucketN
+	s.InlineBucketN += other.InlineBucketN
+	s.InlineBucketInuse += other.InlineBucketInuse
+}
+
+// cloneBytes returns a copy of a given slice.
+func cloneBytes(v []byte) []byte {
+	var clone = make([]byte, len(v))
+	copy(clone, v)
+	return clone
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/cursor.go

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"sort"
+)
+
+// Cursor represents an iterator that can traverse over all key/value pairs in a bucket in sorted order.
+// Cursors see nested buckets with value == nil.
+// Cursors can be obtained from a transaction and are valid as long as the transaction is open.
+//
+// Keys and values returned from the cursor are only valid for the life of the transaction.
+//
+// Changing data while traversing with a cursor may cause it to be invalidated
+// and return unexpected keys and/or values. You must reposition your cursor
+// after mutating data.
+type Cursor struct {
+	bucket *Bucket
+	stack  []elemRef
+}
+
+// Bucket returns the bucket that this cursor was created from.
+func (c *Cursor) Bucket() *Bucket {
+	return c.bucket
+}
+
+// First moves the cursor to the first item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
+// If the bucket is empty then a nil key and value are returned.
+// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
+func (c *Cursor) First() (key []byte, value []byte) {
+	_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
+	c.stack = c.stack[:0]
+	p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(c.bucket.root)
+	c.stack = append(c.stack, elemRef{page: p, node: n, index: 0})
+	c.first()
+
+	// If we land on an empty page then move to the next value.
+	// https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/issues/450
+	if c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].count() == 0 {
+		c.next()
+	}
+
+	k, v, flags := c.keyValue()
+	if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
+		return k, nil
+	}
+	return k, v
+
+}
+
+// Last moves the cursor to the last item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
+// If the bucket is empty then a nil key and value are returned.
+// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
+func (c *Cursor) Last() (key []byte, value []byte) {
+	_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
+	c.stack = c.stack[:0]
+	p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(c.bucket.root)
+	ref := elemRef{page: p, node: n}
+	ref.index = ref.count() - 1
+	c.stack = append(c.stack, ref)
+	c.last()
+	k, v, flags := c.keyValue()
+	if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
+		return k, nil
+	}
+	return k, v
+}
+
+// Next moves the cursor to the next item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
+// If the cursor is at the end of the bucket then a nil key and value are returned.
+// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
+func (c *Cursor) Next() (key []byte, value []byte) {
+	_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
+	k, v, flags := c.next()
+	if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
+		return k, nil
+	}
+	return k, v
+}
+
+// Prev moves the cursor to the previous item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
+// If the cursor is at the beginning of the bucket then a nil key and value are returned.
+// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
+func (c *Cursor) Prev() (key []byte, value []byte) {
+	_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
+
+	// Attempt to move back one element until we're successful.
+	// Move up the stack as we hit the beginning of each page in our stack.
+	for i := len(c.stack) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+		elem := &c.stack[i]
+		if elem.index > 0 {
+			elem.index--
+			break
+		}
+		c.stack = c.stack[:i]
+	}
+
+	// If we've hit the end then return nil.
+	if len(c.stack) == 0 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	// Move down the stack to find the last element of the last leaf under this branch.
+	c.last()
+	k, v, flags := c.keyValue()
+	if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
+		return k, nil
+	}
+	return k, v
+}
+
+// Seek moves the cursor to a given key and returns it.
+// If the key does not exist then the next key is used. If no keys
+// follow, a nil key is returned.
+// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
+func (c *Cursor) Seek(seek []byte) (key []byte, value []byte) {
+	k, v, flags := c.seek(seek)
+
+	// If we ended up after the last element of a page then move to the next one.
+	if ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]; ref.index >= ref.count() {
+		k, v, flags = c.next()
+	}
+
+	if k == nil {
+		return nil, nil
+	} else if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
+		return k, nil
+	}
+	return k, v
+}
+
+// Delete removes the current key/value under the cursor from the bucket.
+// Delete fails if current key/value is a bucket or if the transaction is not writable.
+func (c *Cursor) Delete() error {
+	if c.bucket.tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !c.bucket.Writable() {
+		return ErrTxNotWritable
+	}
+
+	key, _, flags := c.keyValue()
+	// Return an error if current value is a bucket.
+	if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
+		return ErrIncompatibleValue
+	}
+	c.node().del(key)
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// seek moves the cursor to a given key and returns it.
+// If the key does not exist then the next key is used.
+func (c *Cursor) seek(seek []byte) (key []byte, value []byte, flags uint32) {
+	_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
+
+	// Start from root page/node and traverse to correct page.
+	c.stack = c.stack[:0]
+	c.search(seek, c.bucket.root)
+	ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
+
+	// If the cursor is pointing to the end of page/node then return nil.
+	if ref.index >= ref.count() {
+		return nil, nil, 0
+	}
+
+	// If this is a bucket then return a nil value.
+	return c.keyValue()
+}
+
+// first moves the cursor to the first leaf element under the last page in the stack.
+func (c *Cursor) first() {
+	for {
+		// Exit when we hit a leaf page.
+		var ref = &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
+		if ref.isLeaf() {
+			break
+		}
+
+		// Keep adding pages pointing to the first element to the stack.
+		var pgid pgid
+		if ref.node != nil {
+			pgid = ref.node.inodes[ref.index].pgid
+		} else {
+			pgid = ref.page.branchPageElement(uint16(ref.index)).pgid
+		}
+		p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(pgid)
+		c.stack = append(c.stack, elemRef{page: p, node: n, index: 0})
+	}
+}
+
+// last moves the cursor to the last leaf element under the last page in the stack.
+func (c *Cursor) last() {
+	for {
+		// Exit when we hit a leaf page.
+		ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
+		if ref.isLeaf() {
+			break
+		}
+
+		// Keep adding pages pointing to the last element in the stack.
+		var pgid pgid
+		if ref.node != nil {
+			pgid = ref.node.inodes[ref.index].pgid
+		} else {
+			pgid = ref.page.branchPageElement(uint16(ref.index)).pgid
+		}
+		p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(pgid)
+
+		var nextRef = elemRef{page: p, node: n}
+		nextRef.index = nextRef.count() - 1
+		c.stack = append(c.stack, nextRef)
+	}
+}
+
+// next moves to the next leaf element and returns the key and value.
+// If the cursor is at the last leaf element then it stays there and returns nil.
+func (c *Cursor) next() (key []byte, value []byte, flags uint32) {
+	for {
+		// Attempt to move over one element until we're successful.
+		// Move up the stack as we hit the end of each page in our stack.
+		var i int
+		for i = len(c.stack) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+			elem := &c.stack[i]
+			if elem.index < elem.count()-1 {
+				elem.index++
+				break
+			}
+		}
+
+		// If we've hit the root page then stop and return. This will leave the
+		// cursor on the last element of the last page.
+		if i == -1 {
+			return nil, nil, 0
+		}
+
+		// Otherwise start from where we left off in the stack and find the
+		// first element of the first leaf page.
+		c.stack = c.stack[:i+1]
+		c.first()
+
+		// If this is an empty page then restart and move back up the stack.
+		// https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/issues/450
+		if c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].count() == 0 {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		return c.keyValue()
+	}
+}
+
+// search recursively performs a binary search against a given page/node until it finds a given key.
+func (c *Cursor) search(key []byte, pgid pgid) {
+	p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(pgid)
+	if p != nil && (p.flags&(branchPageFlag|leafPageFlag)) == 0 {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid page type: %d: %x", p.id, p.flags))
+	}
+	e := elemRef{page: p, node: n}
+	c.stack = append(c.stack, e)
+
+	// If we're on a leaf page/node then find the specific node.
+	if e.isLeaf() {
+		c.nsearch(key)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if n != nil {
+		c.searchNode(key, n)
+		return
+	}
+	c.searchPage(key, p)
+}
+
+func (c *Cursor) searchNode(key []byte, n *node) {
+	var exact bool
+	index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool {
+		// TODO(benbjohnson): Optimize this range search. It's a bit hacky right now.
+		// sort.Search() finds the lowest index where f() != -1 but we need the highest index.
+		ret := bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, key)
+		if ret == 0 {
+			exact = true
+		}
+		return ret != -1
+	})
+	if !exact && index > 0 {
+		index--
+	}
+	c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].index = index
+
+	// Recursively search to the next page.
+	c.search(key, n.inodes[index].pgid)
+}
+
+func (c *Cursor) searchPage(key []byte, p *page) {
+	// Binary search for the correct range.
+	inodes := p.branchPageElements()
+
+	var exact bool
+	index := sort.Search(int(p.count), func(i int) bool {
+		// TODO(benbjohnson): Optimize this range search. It's a bit hacky right now.
+		// sort.Search() finds the lowest index where f() != -1 but we need the highest index.
+		ret := bytes.Compare(inodes[i].key(), key)
+		if ret == 0 {
+			exact = true
+		}
+		return ret != -1
+	})
+	if !exact && index > 0 {
+		index--
+	}
+	c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].index = index
+
+	// Recursively search to the next page.
+	c.search(key, inodes[index].pgid)
+}
+
+// nsearch searches the leaf node on the top of the stack for a key.
+func (c *Cursor) nsearch(key []byte) {
+	e := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
+	p, n := e.page, e.node
+
+	// If we have a node then search its inodes.
+	if n != nil {
+		index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool {
+			return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, key) != -1
+		})
+		e.index = index
+		return
+	}
+
+	// If we have a page then search its leaf elements.
+	inodes := p.leafPageElements()
+	index := sort.Search(int(p.count), func(i int) bool {
+		return bytes.Compare(inodes[i].key(), key) != -1
+	})
+	e.index = index
+}
+
+// keyValue returns the key and value of the current leaf element.
+func (c *Cursor) keyValue() ([]byte, []byte, uint32) {
+	ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
+	if ref.count() == 0 || ref.index >= ref.count() {
+		return nil, nil, 0
+	}
+
+	// Retrieve value from node.
+	if ref.node != nil {
+		inode := &ref.node.inodes[ref.index]
+		return inode.key, inode.value, inode.flags
+	}
+
+	// Or retrieve value from page.
+	elem := ref.page.leafPageElement(uint16(ref.index))
+	return elem.key(), elem.value(), elem.flags
+}
+
+// node returns the node that the cursor is currently positioned on.
+func (c *Cursor) node() *node {
+	_assert(len(c.stack) > 0, "accessing a node with a zero-length cursor stack")
+
+	// If the top of the stack is a leaf node then just return it.
+	if ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]; ref.node != nil && ref.isLeaf() {
+		return ref.node
+	}
+
+	// Start from root and traverse down the hierarchy.
+	var n = c.stack[0].node
+	if n == nil {
+		n = c.bucket.node(c.stack[0].page.id, nil)
+	}
+	for _, ref := range c.stack[:len(c.stack)-1] {
+		_assert(!n.isLeaf, "expected branch node")
+		n = n.childAt(int(ref.index))
+	}
+	_assert(n.isLeaf, "expected leaf node")
+	return n
+}
+
+// elemRef represents a reference to an element on a given page/node.
+type elemRef struct {
+	page  *page
+	node  *node
+	index int
+}
+
+// isLeaf returns whether the ref is pointing at a leaf page/node.
+func (r *elemRef) isLeaf() bool {
+	if r.node != nil {
+		return r.node.isLeaf
+	}
+	return (r.page.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0
+}
+
+// count returns the number of inodes or page elements.
+func (r *elemRef) count() int {
+	if r.node != nil {
+		return len(r.node.inodes)
+	}
+	return int(r.page.count)
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+Package bolt implements a low-level key/value store in pure Go. It supports
+fully serializable transactions, ACID semantics, and lock-free MVCC with
+multiple readers and a single writer. Bolt can be used for projects that
+want a simple data store without the need to add large dependencies such as
+Postgres or MySQL.
+
+Bolt is a single-level, zero-copy, B+tree data store. This means that Bolt is
+optimized for fast read access and does not require recovery in the event of a
+system crash. Transactions which have not finished committing will simply be
+rolled back in the event of a crash.
+
+The design of Bolt is based on Howard Chu's LMDB database project.
+
+Bolt currently works on Windows, Mac OS X, and Linux.
+
+
+Basics
+
+There are only a few types in Bolt: DB, Bucket, Tx, and Cursor. The DB is
+a collection of buckets and is represented by a single file on disk. A bucket is
+a collection of unique keys that are associated with values.
+
+Transactions provide either read-only or read-write access to the database.
+Read-only transactions can retrieve key/value pairs and can use Cursors to
+iterate over the dataset sequentially. Read-write transactions can create and
+delete buckets and can insert and remove keys. Only one read-write transaction
+is allowed at a time.
+
+
+Caveats
+
+The database uses a read-only, memory-mapped data file to ensure that
+applications cannot corrupt the database, however, this means that keys and
+values returned from Bolt cannot be changed. Writing to a read-only byte slice
+will cause Go to panic.
+
+Keys and values retrieved from the database are only valid for the life of
+the transaction. When used outside the transaction, these byte slices can
+point to different data or can point to invalid memory which will cause a panic.
+
+
+*/
+package bolt

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/errors.go

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+package bolt
+
+import "errors"
+
+// These errors can be returned when opening or calling methods on a DB.
+var (
+	// ErrDatabaseNotOpen is returned when a DB instance is accessed before it
+	// is opened or after it is closed.
+	ErrDatabaseNotOpen = errors.New("database not open")
+
+	// ErrDatabaseOpen is returned when opening a database that is
+	// already open.
+	ErrDatabaseOpen = errors.New("database already open")
+
+	// ErrInvalid is returned when both meta pages on a database are invalid.
+	// This typically occurs when a file is not a bolt database.
+	ErrInvalid = errors.New("invalid database")
+
+	// ErrVersionMismatch is returned when the data file was created with a
+	// different version of Bolt.
+	ErrVersionMismatch = errors.New("version mismatch")
+
+	// ErrChecksum is returned when either meta page checksum does not match.
+	ErrChecksum = errors.New("checksum error")
+
+	// ErrTimeout is returned when a database cannot obtain an exclusive lock
+	// on the data file after the timeout passed to Open().
+	ErrTimeout = errors.New("timeout")
+)
+
+// These errors can occur when beginning or committing a Tx.
+var (
+	// ErrTxNotWritable is returned when performing a write operation on a
+	// read-only transaction.
+	ErrTxNotWritable = errors.New("tx not writable")
+
+	// ErrTxClosed is returned when committing or rolling back a transaction
+	// that has already been committed or rolled back.
+	ErrTxClosed = errors.New("tx closed")
+
+	// ErrDatabaseReadOnly is returned when a mutating transaction is started on a
+	// read-only database.
+	ErrDatabaseReadOnly = errors.New("database is in read-only mode")
+)
+
+// These errors can occur when putting or deleting a value or a bucket.
+var (
+	// ErrBucketNotFound is returned when trying to access a bucket that has
+	// not been created yet.
+	ErrBucketNotFound = errors.New("bucket not found")
+
+	// ErrBucketExists is returned when creating a bucket that already exists.
+	ErrBucketExists = errors.New("bucket already exists")
+
+	// ErrBucketNameRequired is returned when creating a bucket with a blank name.
+	ErrBucketNameRequired = errors.New("bucket name required")
+
+	// ErrKeyRequired is returned when inserting a zero-length key.
+	ErrKeyRequired = errors.New("key required")
+
+	// ErrKeyTooLarge is returned when inserting a key that is larger than MaxKeySize.
+	ErrKeyTooLarge = errors.New("key too large")
+
+	// ErrValueTooLarge is returned when inserting a value that is larger than MaxValueSize.
+	ErrValueTooLarge = errors.New("value too large")
+
+	// ErrIncompatibleValue is returned when trying create or delete a bucket
+	// on an existing non-bucket key or when trying to create or delete a
+	// non-bucket key on an existing bucket key.
+	ErrIncompatibleValue = errors.New("incompatible value")
+)

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/freelist.go

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"sort"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+// freelist represents a list of all pages that are available for allocation.
+// It also tracks pages that have been freed but are still in use by open transactions.
+type freelist struct {
+	ids     []pgid          // all free and available free page ids.
+	pending map[txid][]pgid // mapping of soon-to-be free page ids by tx.
+	cache   map[pgid]bool   // fast lookup of all free and pending page ids.
+}
+
+// newFreelist returns an empty, initialized freelist.
+func newFreelist() *freelist {
+	return &freelist{
+		pending: make(map[txid][]pgid),
+		cache:   make(map[pgid]bool),
+	}
+}
+
+// size returns the size of the page after serialization.
+func (f *freelist) size() int {
+	n := f.count()
+	if n >= 0xFFFF {
+		// The first element will be used to store the count. See freelist.write.
+		n++
+	}
+	return pageHeaderSize + (int(unsafe.Sizeof(pgid(0))) * n)
+}
+
+// count returns count of pages on the freelist
+func (f *freelist) count() int {
+	return f.free_count() + f.pending_count()
+}
+
+// free_count returns count of free pages
+func (f *freelist) free_count() int {
+	return len(f.ids)
+}
+
+// pending_count returns count of pending pages
+func (f *freelist) pending_count() int {
+	var count int
+	for _, list := range f.pending {
+		count += len(list)
+	}
+	return count
+}
+
+// copyall copies into dst a list of all free ids and all pending ids in one sorted list.
+// f.count returns the minimum length required for dst.
+func (f *freelist) copyall(dst []pgid) {
+	m := make(pgids, 0, f.pending_count())
+	for _, list := range f.pending {
+		m = append(m, list...)
+	}
+	sort.Sort(m)
+	mergepgids(dst, f.ids, m)
+}
+
+// allocate returns the starting page id of a contiguous list of pages of a given size.
+// If a contiguous block cannot be found then 0 is returned.
+func (f *freelist) allocate(n int) pgid {
+	if len(f.ids) == 0 {
+		return 0
+	}
+
+	var initial, previd pgid
+	for i, id := range f.ids {
+		if id <= 1 {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid page allocation: %d", id))
+		}
+
+		// Reset initial page if this is not contiguous.
+		if previd == 0 || id-previd != 1 {
+			initial = id
+		}
+
+		// If we found a contiguous block then remove it and return it.
+		if (id-initial)+1 == pgid(n) {
+			// If we're allocating off the beginning then take the fast path
+			// and just adjust the existing slice. This will use extra memory
+			// temporarily but the append() in free() will realloc the slice
+			// as is necessary.
+			if (i + 1) == n {
+				f.ids = f.ids[i+1:]
+			} else {
+				copy(f.ids[i-n+1:], f.ids[i+1:])
+				f.ids = f.ids[:len(f.ids)-n]
+			}
+
+			// Remove from the free cache.
+			for i := pgid(0); i < pgid(n); i++ {
+				delete(f.cache, initial+i)
+			}
+
+			return initial
+		}
+
+		previd = id
+	}
+	return 0
+}
+
+// free releases a page and its overflow for a given transaction id.
+// If the page is already free then a panic will occur.
+func (f *freelist) free(txid txid, p *page) {
+	if p.id <= 1 {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("cannot free page 0 or 1: %d", p.id))
+	}
+
+	// Free page and all its overflow pages.
+	var ids = f.pending[txid]
+	for id := p.id; id <= p.id+pgid(p.overflow); id++ {
+		// Verify that page is not already free.
+		if f.cache[id] {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("page %d already freed", id))
+		}
+
+		// Add to the freelist and cache.
+		ids = append(ids, id)
+		f.cache[id] = true
+	}
+	f.pending[txid] = ids
+}
+
+// release moves all page ids for a transaction id (or older) to the freelist.
+func (f *freelist) release(txid txid) {
+	m := make(pgids, 0)
+	for tid, ids := range f.pending {
+		if tid <= txid {
+			// Move transaction's pending pages to the available freelist.
+			// Don't remove from the cache since the page is still free.
+			m = append(m, ids...)
+			delete(f.pending, tid)
+		}
+	}
+	sort.Sort(m)
+	f.ids = pgids(f.ids).merge(m)
+}
+
+// rollback removes the pages from a given pending tx.
+func (f *freelist) rollback(txid txid) {
+	// Remove page ids from cache.
+	for _, id := range f.pending[txid] {
+		delete(f.cache, id)
+	}
+
+	// Remove pages from pending list.
+	delete(f.pending, txid)
+}
+
+// freed returns whether a given page is in the free list.
+func (f *freelist) freed(pgid pgid) bool {
+	return f.cache[pgid]
+}
+
+// read initializes the freelist from a freelist page.
+func (f *freelist) read(p *page) {
+	// If the page.count is at the max uint16 value (64k) then it's considered
+	// an overflow and the size of the freelist is stored as the first element.
+	idx, count := 0, int(p.count)
+	if count == 0xFFFF {
+		idx = 1
+		count = int(((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[0])
+	}
+
+	// Copy the list of page ids from the freelist.
+	if count == 0 {
+		f.ids = nil
+	} else {
+		ids := ((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[idx:count]
+		f.ids = make([]pgid, len(ids))
+		copy(f.ids, ids)
+
+		// Make sure they're sorted.
+		sort.Sort(pgids(f.ids))
+	}
+
+	// Rebuild the page cache.
+	f.reindex()
+}
+
+// write writes the page ids onto a freelist page. All free and pending ids are
+// saved to disk since in the event of a program crash, all pending ids will
+// become free.
+func (f *freelist) write(p *page) error {
+	// Combine the old free pgids and pgids waiting on an open transaction.
+
+	// Update the header flag.
+	p.flags |= freelistPageFlag
+
+	// The page.count can only hold up to 64k elements so if we overflow that
+	// number then we handle it by putting the size in the first element.
+	lenids := f.count()
+	if lenids == 0 {
+		p.count = uint16(lenids)
+	} else if lenids < 0xFFFF {
+		p.count = uint16(lenids)
+		f.copyall(((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[:])
+	} else {
+		p.count = 0xFFFF
+		((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[0] = pgid(lenids)
+		f.copyall(((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[1:])
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// reload reads the freelist from a page and filters out pending items.
+func (f *freelist) reload(p *page) {
+	f.read(p)
+
+	// Build a cache of only pending pages.
+	pcache := make(map[pgid]bool)
+	for _, pendingIDs := range f.pending {
+		for _, pendingID := range pendingIDs {
+			pcache[pendingID] = true
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Check each page in the freelist and build a new available freelist
+	// with any pages not in the pending lists.
+	var a []pgid
+	for _, id := range f.ids {
+		if !pcache[id] {
+			a = append(a, id)
+		}
+	}
+	f.ids = a
+
+	// Once the available list is rebuilt then rebuild the free cache so that
+	// it includes the available and pending free pages.
+	f.reindex()
+}
+
+// reindex rebuilds the free cache based on available and pending free lists.
+func (f *freelist) reindex() {
+	f.cache = make(map[pgid]bool, len(f.ids))
+	for _, id := range f.ids {
+		f.cache[id] = true
+	}
+	for _, pendingIDs := range f.pending {
+		for _, pendingID := range pendingIDs {
+			f.cache[pendingID] = true
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/node.go

@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"sort"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+// node represents an in-memory, deserialized page.
+type node struct {
+	bucket     *Bucket
+	isLeaf     bool
+	unbalanced bool
+	spilled    bool
+	key        []byte
+	pgid       pgid
+	parent     *node
+	children   nodes
+	inodes     inodes
+}
+
+// root returns the top-level node this node is attached to.
+func (n *node) root() *node {
+	if n.parent == nil {
+		return n
+	}
+	return n.parent.root()
+}
+
+// minKeys returns the minimum number of inodes this node should have.
+func (n *node) minKeys() int {
+	if n.isLeaf {
+		return 1
+	}
+	return 2
+}
+
+// size returns the size of the node after serialization.
+func (n *node) size() int {
+	sz, elsz := pageHeaderSize, n.pageElementSize()
+	for i := 0; i < len(n.inodes); i++ {
+		item := &n.inodes[i]
+		sz += elsz + len(item.key) + len(item.value)
+	}
+	return sz
+}
+
+// sizeLessThan returns true if the node is less than a given size.
+// This is an optimization to avoid calculating a large node when we only need
+// to know if it fits inside a certain page size.
+func (n *node) sizeLessThan(v int) bool {
+	sz, elsz := pageHeaderSize, n.pageElementSize()
+	for i := 0; i < len(n.inodes); i++ {
+		item := &n.inodes[i]
+		sz += elsz + len(item.key) + len(item.value)
+		if sz >= v {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// pageElementSize returns the size of each page element based on the type of node.
+func (n *node) pageElementSize() int {
+	if n.isLeaf {
+		return leafPageElementSize
+	}
+	return branchPageElementSize
+}
+
+// childAt returns the child node at a given index.
+func (n *node) childAt(index int) *node {
+	if n.isLeaf {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid childAt(%d) on a leaf node", index))
+	}
+	return n.bucket.node(n.inodes[index].pgid, n)
+}
+
+// childIndex returns the index of a given child node.
+func (n *node) childIndex(child *node) int {
+	index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool { return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, child.key) != -1 })
+	return index
+}
+
+// numChildren returns the number of children.
+func (n *node) numChildren() int {
+	return len(n.inodes)
+}
+
+// nextSibling returns the next node with the same parent.
+func (n *node) nextSibling() *node {
+	if n.parent == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	index := n.parent.childIndex(n)
+	if index >= n.parent.numChildren()-1 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return n.parent.childAt(index + 1)
+}
+
+// prevSibling returns the previous node with the same parent.
+func (n *node) prevSibling() *node {
+	if n.parent == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	index := n.parent.childIndex(n)
+	if index == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return n.parent.childAt(index - 1)
+}
+
+// put inserts a key/value.
+func (n *node) put(oldKey, newKey, value []byte, pgid pgid, flags uint32) {
+	if pgid >= n.bucket.tx.meta.pgid {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("pgid (%d) above high water mark (%d)", pgid, n.bucket.tx.meta.pgid))
+	} else if len(oldKey) <= 0 {
+		panic("put: zero-length old key")
+	} else if len(newKey) <= 0 {
+		panic("put: zero-length new key")
+	}
+
+	// Find insertion index.
+	index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool { return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, oldKey) != -1 })
+
+	// Add capacity and shift nodes if we don't have an exact match and need to insert.
+	exact := (len(n.inodes) > 0 && index < len(n.inodes) && bytes.Equal(n.inodes[index].key, oldKey))
+	if !exact {
+		n.inodes = append(n.inodes, inode{})
+		copy(n.inodes[index+1:], n.inodes[index:])
+	}
+
+	inode := &n.inodes[index]
+	inode.flags = flags
+	inode.key = newKey
+	inode.value = value
+	inode.pgid = pgid
+	_assert(len(inode.key) > 0, "put: zero-length inode key")
+}
+
+// del removes a key from the node.
+func (n *node) del(key []byte) {
+	// Find index of key.
+	index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool { return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, key) != -1 })
+
+	// Exit if the key isn't found.
+	if index >= len(n.inodes) || !bytes.Equal(n.inodes[index].key, key) {
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Delete inode from the node.
+	n.inodes = append(n.inodes[:index], n.inodes[index+1:]...)
+
+	// Mark the node as needing rebalancing.
+	n.unbalanced = true
+}
+
+// read initializes the node from a page.
+func (n *node) read(p *page) {
+	n.pgid = p.id
+	n.isLeaf = ((p.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0)
+	n.inodes = make(inodes, int(p.count))
+
+	for i := 0; i < int(p.count); i++ {
+		inode := &n.inodes[i]
+		if n.isLeaf {
+			elem := p.leafPageElement(uint16(i))
+			inode.flags = elem.flags
+			inode.key = elem.key()
+			inode.value = elem.value()
+		} else {
+			elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
+			inode.pgid = elem.pgid
+			inode.key = elem.key()
+		}
+		_assert(len(inode.key) > 0, "read: zero-length inode key")
+	}
+
+	// Save first key so we can find the node in the parent when we spill.
+	if len(n.inodes) > 0 {
+		n.key = n.inodes[0].key
+		_assert(len(n.key) > 0, "read: zero-length node key")
+	} else {
+		n.key = nil
+	}
+}
+
+// write writes the items onto one or more pages.
+func (n *node) write(p *page) {
+	// Initialize page.
+	if n.isLeaf {
+		p.flags |= leafPageFlag
+	} else {
+		p.flags |= branchPageFlag
+	}
+
+	if len(n.inodes) >= 0xFFFF {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("inode overflow: %d (pgid=%d)", len(n.inodes), p.id))
+	}
+	p.count = uint16(len(n.inodes))
+
+	// Stop here if there are no items to write.
+	if p.count == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Loop over each item and write it to the page.
+	b := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr))[n.pageElementSize()*len(n.inodes):]
+	for i, item := range n.inodes {
+		_assert(len(item.key) > 0, "write: zero-length inode key")
+
+		// Write the page element.
+		if n.isLeaf {
+			elem := p.leafPageElement(uint16(i))
+			elem.pos = uint32(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) - uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(elem)))
+			elem.flags = item.flags
+			elem.ksize = uint32(len(item.key))
+			elem.vsize = uint32(len(item.value))
+		} else {
+			elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
+			elem.pos = uint32(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) - uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(elem)))
+			elem.ksize = uint32(len(item.key))
+			elem.pgid = item.pgid
+			_assert(elem.pgid != p.id, "write: circular dependency occurred")
+		}
+
+		// If the length of key+value is larger than the max allocation size
+		// then we need to reallocate the byte array pointer.
+		//
+		// See: https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/pull/335
+		klen, vlen := len(item.key), len(item.value)
+		if len(b) < klen+vlen {
+			b = (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]))[:]
+		}
+
+		// Write data for the element to the end of the page.
+		copy(b[0:], item.key)
+		b = b[klen:]
+		copy(b[0:], item.value)
+		b = b[vlen:]
+	}
+
+	// DEBUG ONLY: n.dump()
+}
+
+// split breaks up a node into multiple smaller nodes, if appropriate.
+// This should only be called from the spill() function.
+func (n *node) split(pageSize int) []*node {
+	var nodes []*node
+
+	node := n
+	for {
+		// Split node into two.
+		a, b := node.splitTwo(pageSize)
+		nodes = append(nodes, a)
+
+		// If we can't split then exit the loop.
+		if b == nil {
+			break
+		}
+
+		// Set node to b so it gets split on the next iteration.
+		node = b
+	}
+
+	return nodes
+}
+
+// splitTwo breaks up a node into two smaller nodes, if appropriate.
+// This should only be called from the split() function.
+func (n *node) splitTwo(pageSize int) (*node, *node) {
+	// Ignore the split if the page doesn't have at least enough nodes for
+	// two pages or if the nodes can fit in a single page.
+	if len(n.inodes) <= (minKeysPerPage*2) || n.sizeLessThan(pageSize) {
+		return n, nil
+	}
+
+	// Determine the threshold before starting a new node.
+	var fillPercent = n.bucket.FillPercent
+	if fillPercent < minFillPercent {
+		fillPercent = minFillPercent
+	} else if fillPercent > maxFillPercent {
+		fillPercent = maxFillPercent
+	}
+	threshold := int(float64(pageSize) * fillPercent)
+
+	// Determine split position and sizes of the two pages.
+	splitIndex, _ := n.splitIndex(threshold)
+
+	// Split node into two separate nodes.
+	// If there's no parent then we'll need to create one.
+	if n.parent == nil {
+		n.parent = &node{bucket: n.bucket, children: []*node{n}}
+	}
+
+	// Create a new node and add it to the parent.
+	next := &node{bucket: n.bucket, isLeaf: n.isLeaf, parent: n.parent}
+	n.parent.children = append(n.parent.children, next)
+
+	// Split inodes across two nodes.
+	next.inodes = n.inodes[splitIndex:]
+	n.inodes = n.inodes[:splitIndex]
+
+	// Update the statistics.
+	n.bucket.tx.stats.Split++
+
+	return n, next
+}
+
+// splitIndex finds the position where a page will fill a given threshold.
+// It returns the index as well as the size of the first page.
+// This is only be called from split().
+func (n *node) splitIndex(threshold int) (index, sz int) {
+	sz = pageHeaderSize
+
+	// Loop until we only have the minimum number of keys required for the second page.
+	for i := 0; i < len(n.inodes)-minKeysPerPage; i++ {
+		index = i
+		inode := n.inodes[i]
+		elsize := n.pageElementSize() + len(inode.key) + len(inode.value)
+
+		// If we have at least the minimum number of keys and adding another
+		// node would put us over the threshold then exit and return.
+		if i >= minKeysPerPage && sz+elsize > threshold {
+			break
+		}
+
+		// Add the element size to the total size.
+		sz += elsize
+	}
+
+	return
+}
+
+// spill writes the nodes to dirty pages and splits nodes as it goes.
+// Returns an error if dirty pages cannot be allocated.
+func (n *node) spill() error {
+	var tx = n.bucket.tx
+	if n.spilled {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// Spill child nodes first. Child nodes can materialize sibling nodes in
+	// the case of split-merge so we cannot use a range loop. We have to check
+	// the children size on every loop iteration.
+	sort.Sort(n.children)
+	for i := 0; i < len(n.children); i++ {
+		if err := n.children[i].spill(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	// We no longer need the child list because it's only used for spill tracking.
+	n.children = nil
+
+	// Split nodes into appropriate sizes. The first node will always be n.
+	var nodes = n.split(tx.db.pageSize)
+	for _, node := range nodes {
+		// Add node's page to the freelist if it's not new.
+		if node.pgid > 0 {
+			tx.db.freelist.free(tx.meta.txid, tx.page(node.pgid))
+			node.pgid = 0
+		}
+
+		// Allocate contiguous space for the node.
+		p, err := tx.allocate((node.size() / tx.db.pageSize) + 1)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		// Write the node.
+		if p.id >= tx.meta.pgid {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("pgid (%d) above high water mark (%d)", p.id, tx.meta.pgid))
+		}
+		node.pgid = p.id
+		node.write(p)
+		node.spilled = true
+
+		// Insert into parent inodes.
+		if node.parent != nil {
+			var key = node.key
+			if key == nil {
+				key = node.inodes[0].key
+			}
+
+			node.parent.put(key, node.inodes[0].key, nil, node.pgid, 0)
+			node.key = node.inodes[0].key
+			_assert(len(node.key) > 0, "spill: zero-length node key")
+		}
+
+		// Update the statistics.
+		tx.stats.Spill++
+	}
+
+	// If the root node split and created a new root then we need to spill that
+	// as well. We'll clear out the children to make sure it doesn't try to respill.
+	if n.parent != nil && n.parent.pgid == 0 {
+		n.children = nil
+		return n.parent.spill()
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// rebalance attempts to combine the node with sibling nodes if the node fill
+// size is below a threshold or if there are not enough keys.
+func (n *node) rebalance() {
+	if !n.unbalanced {
+		return
+	}
+	n.unbalanced = false
+
+	// Update statistics.
+	n.bucket.tx.stats.Rebalance++
+
+	// Ignore if node is above threshold (25%) and has enough keys.
+	var threshold = n.bucket.tx.db.pageSize / 4
+	if n.size() > threshold && len(n.inodes) > n.minKeys() {
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Root node has special handling.
+	if n.parent == nil {
+		// If root node is a branch and only has one node then collapse it.
+		if !n.isLeaf && len(n.inodes) == 1 {
+			// Move root's child up.
+			child := n.bucket.node(n.inodes[0].pgid, n)
+			n.isLeaf = child.isLeaf
+			n.inodes = child.inodes[:]
+			n.children = child.children
+
+			// Reparent all child nodes being moved.
+			for _, inode := range n.inodes {
+				if child, ok := n.bucket.nodes[inode.pgid]; ok {
+					child.parent = n
+				}
+			}
+
+			// Remove old child.
+			child.parent = nil
+			delete(n.bucket.nodes, child.pgid)
+			child.free()
+		}
+
+		return
+	}
+
+	// If node has no keys then just remove it.
+	if n.numChildren() == 0 {
+		n.parent.del(n.key)
+		n.parent.removeChild(n)
+		delete(n.bucket.nodes, n.pgid)
+		n.free()
+		n.parent.rebalance()
+		return
+	}
+
+	_assert(n.parent.numChildren() > 1, "parent must have at least 2 children")
+
+	// Destination node is right sibling if idx == 0, otherwise left sibling.
+	var target *node
+	var useNextSibling = (n.parent.childIndex(n) == 0)
+	if useNextSibling {
+		target = n.nextSibling()
+	} else {
+		target = n.prevSibling()
+	}
+
+	// If both this node and the target node are too small then merge them.
+	if useNextSibling {
+		// Reparent all child nodes being moved.
+		for _, inode := range target.inodes {
+			if child, ok := n.bucket.nodes[inode.pgid]; ok {
+				child.parent.removeChild(child)
+				child.parent = n
+				child.parent.children = append(child.parent.children, child)
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Copy over inodes from target and remove target.
+		n.inodes = append(n.inodes, target.inodes...)
+		n.parent.del(target.key)
+		n.parent.removeChild(target)
+		delete(n.bucket.nodes, target.pgid)
+		target.free()
+	} else {
+		// Reparent all child nodes being moved.
+		for _, inode := range n.inodes {
+			if child, ok := n.bucket.nodes[inode.pgid]; ok {
+				child.parent.removeChild(child)
+				child.parent = target
+				child.parent.children = append(child.parent.children, child)
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Copy over inodes to target and remove node.
+		target.inodes = append(target.inodes, n.inodes...)
+		n.parent.del(n.key)
+		n.parent.removeChild(n)
+		delete(n.bucket.nodes, n.pgid)
+		n.free()
+	}
+
+	// Either this node or the target node was deleted from the parent so rebalance it.
+	n.parent.rebalance()
+}
+
+// removes a node from the list of in-memory children.
+// This does not affect the inodes.
+func (n *node) removeChild(target *node) {
+	for i, child := range n.children {
+		if child == target {
+			n.children = append(n.children[:i], n.children[i+1:]...)
+			return
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// dereference causes the node to copy all its inode key/value references to heap memory.
+// This is required when the mmap is reallocated so inodes are not pointing to stale data.
+func (n *node) dereference() {
+	if n.key != nil {
+		key := make([]byte, len(n.key))
+		copy(key, n.key)
+		n.key = key
+		_assert(n.pgid == 0 || len(n.key) > 0, "dereference: zero-length node key on existing node")
+	}
+
+	for i := range n.inodes {
+		inode := &n.inodes[i]
+
+		key := make([]byte, len(inode.key))
+		copy(key, inode.key)
+		inode.key = key
+		_assert(len(inode.key) > 0, "dereference: zero-length inode key")
+
+		value := make([]byte, len(inode.value))
+		copy(value, inode.value)
+		inode.value = value
+	}
+
+	// Recursively dereference children.
+	for _, child := range n.children {
+		child.dereference()
+	}
+
+	// Update statistics.
+	n.bucket.tx.stats.NodeDeref++
+}
+
+// free adds the node's underlying page to the freelist.
+func (n *node) free() {
+	if n.pgid != 0 {
+		n.bucket.tx.db.freelist.free(n.bucket.tx.meta.txid, n.bucket.tx.page(n.pgid))
+		n.pgid = 0
+	}
+}
+
+// dump writes the contents of the node to STDERR for debugging purposes.
+/*
+func (n *node) dump() {
+	// Write node header.
+	var typ = "branch"
+	if n.isLeaf {
+		typ = "leaf"
+	}
+	warnf("[NODE %d {type=%s count=%d}]", n.pgid, typ, len(n.inodes))
+
+	// Write out abbreviated version of each item.
+	for _, item := range n.inodes {
+		if n.isLeaf {
+			if item.flags&bucketLeafFlag != 0 {
+				bucket := (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&item.value[0]))
+				warnf("+L %08x -> (bucket root=%d)", trunc(item.key, 4), bucket.root)
+			} else {
+				warnf("+L %08x -> %08x", trunc(item.key, 4), trunc(item.value, 4))
+			}
+		} else {
+			warnf("+B %08x -> pgid=%d", trunc(item.key, 4), item.pgid)
+		}
+	}
+	warn("")
+}
+*/
+
+type nodes []*node
+
+func (s nodes) Len() int           { return len(s) }
+func (s nodes) Swap(i, j int)      { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
+func (s nodes) Less(i, j int) bool { return bytes.Compare(s[i].inodes[0].key, s[j].inodes[0].key) == -1 }
+
+// inode represents an internal node inside of a node.
+// It can be used to point to elements in a page or point
+// to an element which hasn't been added to a page yet.
+type inode struct {
+	flags uint32
+	pgid  pgid
+	key   []byte
+	value []byte
+}
+
+type inodes []inode

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/page.go

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"sort"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+const pageHeaderSize = int(unsafe.Offsetof(((*page)(nil)).ptr))
+
+const minKeysPerPage = 2
+
+const branchPageElementSize = int(unsafe.Sizeof(branchPageElement{}))
+const leafPageElementSize = int(unsafe.Sizeof(leafPageElement{}))
+
+const (
+	branchPageFlag   = 0x01
+	leafPageFlag     = 0x02
+	metaPageFlag     = 0x04
+	freelistPageFlag = 0x10
+)
+
+const (
+	bucketLeafFlag = 0x01
+)
+
+type pgid uint64
+
+type page struct {
+	id       pgid
+	flags    uint16
+	count    uint16
+	overflow uint32
+	ptr      uintptr
+}
+
+// typ returns a human readable page type string used for debugging.
+func (p *page) typ() string {
+	if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
+		return "branch"
+	} else if (p.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0 {
+		return "leaf"
+	} else if (p.flags & metaPageFlag) != 0 {
+		return "meta"
+	} else if (p.flags & freelistPageFlag) != 0 {
+		return "freelist"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("unknown<%02x>", p.flags)
+}
+
+// meta returns a pointer to the metadata section of the page.
+func (p *page) meta() *meta {
+	return (*meta)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr))
+}
+
+// leafPageElement retrieves the leaf node by index
+func (p *page) leafPageElement(index uint16) *leafPageElement {
+	n := &((*[0x7FFFFFF]leafPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[index]
+	return n
+}
+
+// leafPageElements retrieves a list of leaf nodes.
+func (p *page) leafPageElements() []leafPageElement {
+	if p.count == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return ((*[0x7FFFFFF]leafPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[:]
+}
+
+// branchPageElement retrieves the branch node by index
+func (p *page) branchPageElement(index uint16) *branchPageElement {
+	return &((*[0x7FFFFFF]branchPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[index]
+}
+
+// branchPageElements retrieves a list of branch nodes.
+func (p *page) branchPageElements() []branchPageElement {
+	if p.count == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return ((*[0x7FFFFFF]branchPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[:]
+}
+
+// dump writes n bytes of the page to STDERR as hex output.
+func (p *page) hexdump(n int) {
+	buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(p))[:n]
+	fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "%x\n", buf)
+}
+
+type pages []*page
+
+func (s pages) Len() int           { return len(s) }
+func (s pages) Swap(i, j int)      { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
+func (s pages) Less(i, j int) bool { return s[i].id < s[j].id }
+
+// branchPageElement represents a node on a branch page.
+type branchPageElement struct {
+	pos   uint32
+	ksize uint32
+	pgid  pgid
+}
+
+// key returns a byte slice of the node key.
+func (n *branchPageElement) key() []byte {
+	buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(n))
+	return (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[n.pos]))[:n.ksize]
+}
+
+// leafPageElement represents a node on a leaf page.
+type leafPageElement struct {
+	flags uint32
+	pos   uint32
+	ksize uint32
+	vsize uint32
+}
+
+// key returns a byte slice of the node key.
+func (n *leafPageElement) key() []byte {
+	buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(n))
+	return (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[n.pos]))[:n.ksize:n.ksize]
+}
+
+// value returns a byte slice of the node value.
+func (n *leafPageElement) value() []byte {
+	buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(n))
+	return (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[n.pos+n.ksize]))[:n.vsize:n.vsize]
+}
+
+// PageInfo represents human readable information about a page.
+type PageInfo struct {
+	ID            int
+	Type          string
+	Count         int
+	OverflowCount int
+}
+
+type pgids []pgid
+
+func (s pgids) Len() int           { return len(s) }
+func (s pgids) Swap(i, j int)      { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
+func (s pgids) Less(i, j int) bool { return s[i] < s[j] }
+
+// merge returns the sorted union of a and b.
+func (a pgids) merge(b pgids) pgids {
+	// Return the opposite slice if one is nil.
+	if len(a) == 0 {
+		return b
+	}
+	if len(b) == 0 {
+		return a
+	}
+	merged := make(pgids, len(a)+len(b))
+	mergepgids(merged, a, b)
+	return merged
+}
+
+// mergepgids copies the sorted union of a and b into dst.
+// If dst is too small, it panics.
+func mergepgids(dst, a, b pgids) {
+	if len(dst) < len(a)+len(b) {
+		panic(fmt.Errorf("mergepgids bad len %d < %d + %d", len(dst), len(a), len(b)))
+	}
+	// Copy in the opposite slice if one is nil.
+	if len(a) == 0 {
+		copy(dst, b)
+		return
+	}
+	if len(b) == 0 {
+		copy(dst, a)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Merged will hold all elements from both lists.
+	merged := dst[:0]
+
+	// Assign lead to the slice with a lower starting value, follow to the higher value.
+	lead, follow := a, b
+	if b[0] < a[0] {
+		lead, follow = b, a
+	}
+
+	// Continue while there are elements in the lead.
+	for len(lead) > 0 {
+		// Merge largest prefix of lead that is ahead of follow[0].
+		n := sort.Search(len(lead), func(i int) bool { return lead[i] > follow[0] })
+		merged = append(merged, lead[:n]...)
+		if n >= len(lead) {
+			break
+		}
+
+		// Swap lead and follow.
+		lead, follow = follow, lead[n:]
+	}
+
+	// Append what's left in follow.
+	_ = append(merged, follow...)
+}

vendor/github.com/boltdb/bolt/tx.go

@@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
+package bolt
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"os"
+	"sort"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+// txid represents the internal transaction identifier.
+type txid uint64
+
+// Tx represents a read-only or read/write transaction on the database.
+// Read-only transactions can be used for retrieving values for keys and creating cursors.
+// Read/write transactions can create and remove buckets and create and remove keys.
+//
+// IMPORTANT: You must commit or rollback transactions when you are done with
+// them. Pages can not be reclaimed by the writer until no more transactions
+// are using them. A long running read transaction can cause the database to
+// quickly grow.
+type Tx struct {
+	writable       bool
+	managed        bool
+	db             *DB
+	meta           *meta
+	root           Bucket
+	pages          map[pgid]*page
+	stats          TxStats
+	commitHandlers []func()
+
+	// WriteFlag specifies the flag for write-related methods like WriteTo().
+	// Tx opens the database file with the specified flag to copy the data.
+	//
+	// By default, the flag is unset, which works well for mostly in-memory
+	// workloads. For databases that are much larger than available RAM,
+	// set the flag to syscall.O_DIRECT to avoid trashing the page cache.
+	WriteFlag int
+}
+
+// init initializes the transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) init(db *DB) {
+	tx.db = db
+	tx.pages = nil
+
+	// Copy the meta page since it can be changed by the writer.
+	tx.meta = &meta{}
+	db.meta().copy(tx.meta)
+
+	// Copy over the root bucket.
+	tx.root = newBucket(tx)
+	tx.root.bucket = &bucket{}
+	*tx.root.bucket = tx.meta.root
+
+	// Increment the transaction id and add a page cache for writable transactions.
+	if tx.writable {
+		tx.pages = make(map[pgid]*page)
+		tx.meta.txid += txid(1)
+	}
+}
+
+// ID returns the transaction id.
+func (tx *Tx) ID() int {
+	return int(tx.meta.txid)
+}
+
+// DB returns a reference to the database that created the transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) DB() *DB {
+	return tx.db
+}
+
+// Size returns current database size in bytes as seen by this transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) Size() int64 {
+	return int64(tx.meta.pgid) * int64(tx.db.pageSize)
+}
+
+// Writable returns whether the transaction can perform write operations.
+func (tx *Tx) Writable() bool {
+	return tx.writable
+}
+
+// Cursor creates a cursor associated with the root bucket.
+// All items in the cursor will return a nil value because all root bucket keys point to buckets.
+// The cursor is only valid as long as the transaction is open.
+// Do not use a cursor after the transaction is closed.
+func (tx *Tx) Cursor() *Cursor {
+	return tx.root.Cursor()
+}
+
+// Stats retrieves a copy of the current transaction statistics.
+func (tx *Tx) Stats() TxStats {
+	return tx.stats
+}
+
+// Bucket retrieves a bucket by name.
+// Returns nil if the bucket does not exist.
+// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) Bucket(name []byte) *Bucket {
+	return tx.root.Bucket(name)
+}
+
+// CreateBucket creates a new bucket.
+// Returns an error if the bucket already exists, if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
+// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) CreateBucket(name []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
+	return tx.root.CreateBucket(name)
+}
+
+// CreateBucketIfNotExists creates a new bucket if it doesn't already exist.
+// Returns an error if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
+// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) CreateBucketIfNotExists(name []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
+	return tx.root.CreateBucketIfNotExists(name)
+}
+
+// DeleteBucket deletes a bucket.
+// Returns an error if the bucket cannot be found or if the key represents a non-bucket value.
+func (tx *Tx) DeleteBucket(name []byte) error {
+	return tx.root.DeleteBucket(name)
+}
+
+// ForEach executes a function for each bucket in the root.
+// If the provided function returns an error then the iteration is stopped and
+// the error is returned to the caller.
+func (tx *Tx) ForEach(fn func(name []byte, b *Bucket) error) error {
+	return tx.root.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
+		if err := fn(k, tx.root.Bucket(k)); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		return nil
+	})
+}
+
+// OnCommit adds a handler function to be executed after the transaction successfully commits.
+func (tx *Tx) OnCommit(fn func()) {
+	tx.commitHandlers = append(tx.commitHandlers, fn)
+}
+
+// Commit writes all changes to disk and updates the meta page.
+// Returns an error if a disk write error occurs, or if Commit is
+// called on a read-only transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) Commit() error {
+	_assert(!tx.managed, "managed tx commit not allowed")
+	if tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	} else if !tx.writable {
+		return ErrTxNotWritable
+	}
+
+	// TODO(benbjohnson): Use vectorized I/O to write out dirty pages.
+
+	// Rebalance nodes which have had deletions.
+	var startTime = time.Now()
+	tx.root.rebalance()
+	if tx.stats.Rebalance > 0 {
+		tx.stats.RebalanceTime += time.Since(startTime)
+	}
+
+	// spill data onto dirty pages.
+	startTime = time.Now()
+	if err := tx.root.spill(); err != nil {
+		tx.rollback()
+		return err
+	}
+	tx.stats.SpillTime += time.Since(startTime)
+
+	// Free the old root bucket.
+	tx.meta.root.root = tx.root.root
+
+	opgid := tx.meta.pgid
+
+	// Free the freelist and allocate new pages for it. This will overestimate
+	// the size of the freelist but not underestimate the size (which would be bad).
+	tx.db.freelist.free(tx.meta.txid, tx.db.page(tx.meta.freelist))
+	p, err := tx.allocate((tx.db.freelist.size() / tx.db.pageSize) + 1)
+	if err != nil {
+		tx.rollback()
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := tx.db.freelist.write(p); err != nil {
+		tx.rollback()
+		return err
+	}
+	tx.meta.freelist = p.id
+
+	// If the high water mark has moved up then attempt to grow the database.
+	if tx.meta.pgid > opgid {
+		if err := tx.db.grow(int(tx.meta.pgid+1) * tx.db.pageSize); err != nil {
+			tx.rollback()
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Write dirty pages to disk.
+	startTime = time.Now()
+	if err := tx.write(); err != nil {
+		tx.rollback()
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// If strict mode is enabled then perform a consistency check.
+	// Only the first consistency error is reported in the panic.
+	if tx.db.StrictMode {
+		ch := tx.Check()
+		var errs []string
+		for {
+			err, ok := <-ch
+			if !ok {
+				break
+			}
+			errs = append(errs, err.Error())
+		}
+		if len(errs) > 0 {
+			panic("check fail: " + strings.Join(errs, "\n"))
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Write meta to disk.
+	if err := tx.writeMeta(); err != nil {
+		tx.rollback()
+		return err
+	}
+	tx.stats.WriteTime += time.Since(startTime)
+
+	// Finalize the transaction.
+	tx.close()
+
+	// Execute commit handlers now that the locks have been removed.
+	for _, fn := range tx.commitHandlers {
+		fn()
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Rollback closes the transaction and ignores all previous updates. Read-only
+// transactions must be rolled back and not committed.
+func (tx *Tx) Rollback() error {
+	_assert(!tx.managed, "managed tx rollback not allowed")
+	if tx.db == nil {
+		return ErrTxClosed
+	}
+	tx.rollback()
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (tx *Tx) rollback() {
+	if tx.db == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	if tx.writable {
+		tx.db.freelist.rollback(tx.meta.txid)
+		tx.db.freelist.reload(tx.db.page(tx.db.meta().freelist))
+	}
+	tx.close()
+}
+
+func (tx *Tx) close() {
+	if tx.db == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	if tx.writable {
+		// Grab freelist stats.
+		var freelistFreeN = tx.db.freelist.free_count()
+		var freelistPendingN = tx.db.freelist.pending_count()
+		var freelistAlloc = tx.db.freelist.size()
+
+		// Remove transaction ref & writer lock.
+		tx.db.rwtx = nil
+		tx.db.rwlock.Unlock()
+
+		// Merge statistics.
+		tx.db.statlock.Lock()
+		tx.db.stats.FreePageN = freelistFreeN
+		tx.db.stats.PendingPageN = freelistPendingN
+		tx.db.stats.FreeAlloc = (freelistFreeN + freelistPendingN) * tx.db.pageSize
+		tx.db.stats.FreelistInuse = freelistAlloc
+		tx.db.stats.TxStats.add(&tx.stats)
+		tx.db.statlock.Unlock()
+	} else {
+		tx.db.removeTx(tx)
+	}
+
+	// Clear all references.
+	tx.db = nil
+	tx.meta = nil
+	tx.root = Bucket{tx: tx}
+	tx.pages = nil
+}
+
+// Copy writes the entire database to a writer.
+// This function exists for backwards compatibility. Use WriteTo() instead.
+func (tx *Tx) Copy(w io.Writer) error {
+	_, err := tx.WriteTo(w)
+	return err
+}
+
+// WriteTo writes the entire database to a writer.
+// If err == nil then exactly tx.Size() bytes will be written into the writer.
+func (tx *Tx) WriteTo(w io.Writer) (n int64, err error) {
+	// Attempt to open reader with WriteFlag
+	f, err := os.OpenFile(tx.db.path, os.O_RDONLY|tx.WriteFlag, 0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, err
+	}
+	defer func() { _ = f.Close() }()
+
+	// Generate a meta page. We use the same page data for both meta pages.
+	buf := make([]byte, tx.db.pageSize)
+	page := (*page)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]))
+	page.flags = metaPageFlag
+	*page.meta() = *tx.meta
+
+	// Write meta 0.
+	page.id = 0
+	page.meta().checksum = page.meta().sum64()
+	nn, err := w.Write(buf)
+	n += int64(nn)
+	if err != nil {
+		return n, fmt.Errorf("meta 0 copy: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	// Write meta 1 with a lower transaction id.
+	page.id = 1
+	page.meta().txid -= 1
+	page.meta().checksum = page.meta().sum64()
+	nn, err = w.Write(buf)
+	n += int64(nn)
+	if err != nil {
+		return n, fmt.Errorf("meta 1 copy: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	// Move past the meta pages in the file.
+	if _, err := f.Seek(int64(tx.db.pageSize*2), os.SEEK_SET); err != nil {
+		return n, fmt.Errorf("seek: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	// Copy data pages.
+	wn, err := io.CopyN(w, f, tx.Size()-int64(tx.db.pageSize*2))
+	n += wn
+	if err != nil {
+		return n, err
+	}
+
+	return n, f.Close()
+}
+
+// CopyFile copies the entire database to file at the given path.
+// A reader transaction is maintained during the copy so it is safe to continue
+// using the database while a copy is in progress.
+func (tx *Tx) CopyFile(path string, mode os.FileMode) error {
+	f, err := os.OpenFile(path, os.O_RDWR|os.O_CREATE|os.O_TRUNC, mode)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	err = tx.Copy(f)
+	if err != nil {
+		_ = f.Close()
+		return err
+	}
+	return f.Close()
+}
+
+// Check performs several consistency checks on the database for this transaction.
+// An error is returned if any inconsistency is found.
+//
+// It can be safely run concurrently on a writable transaction. However, this
+// incurs a high cost for large databases and databases with a lot of subbuckets
+// because of caching. This overhead can be removed if running on a read-only
+// transaction, however, it is not safe to execute other writer transactions at
+// the same time.
+func (tx *Tx) Check() <-chan error {
+	ch := make(chan error)
+	go tx.check(ch)
+	return ch
+}
+
+func (tx *Tx) check(ch chan error) {
+	// Check if any pages are double freed.
+	freed := make(map[pgid]bool)
+	all := make([]pgid, tx.db.freelist.count())
+	tx.db.freelist.copyall(all)
+	for _, id := range all {
+		if freed[id] {
+			ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: already freed", id)
+		}
+		freed[id] = true
+	}
+
+	// Track every reachable page.
+	reachable := make(map[pgid]*page)
+	reachable[0] = tx.page(0) // meta0
+	reachable[1] = tx.page(1) // meta1
+	for i := uint32(0); i <= tx.page(tx.meta.freelist).overflow; i++ {
+		reachable[tx.meta.freelist+pgid(i)] = tx.page(tx.meta.freelist)
+	}
+
+	// Recursively check buckets.
+	tx.checkBucket(&tx.root, reachable, freed, ch)
+
+	// Ensure all pages below high water mark are either reachable or freed.
+	for i := pgid(0); i < tx.meta.pgid; i++ {
+		_, isReachable := reachable[i]
+		if !isReachable && !freed[i] {
+			ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: unreachable unfreed", int(i))
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Close the channel to signal completion.
+	close(ch)
+}
+
+func (tx *Tx) checkBucket(b *Bucket, reachable map[pgid]*page, freed map[pgid]bool, ch chan error) {
+	// Ignore inline buckets.
+	if b.root == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Check every page used by this bucket.
+	b.tx.forEachPage(b.root, 0, func(p *page, _ int) {
+		if p.id > tx.meta.pgid {
+			ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: out of bounds: %d", int(p.id), int(b.tx.meta.pgid))
+		}
+
+		// Ensure each page is only referenced once.
+		for i := pgid(0); i <= pgid(p.overflow); i++ {
+			var id = p.id + i
+			if _, ok := reachable[id]; ok {
+				ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: multiple references", int(id))
+			}
+			reachable[id] = p
+		}
+
+		// We should only encounter un-freed leaf and branch pages.
+		if freed[p.id] {
+			ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: reachable freed", int(p.id))
+		} else if (p.flags&branchPageFlag) == 0 && (p.flags&leafPageFlag) == 0 {
+			ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: invalid type: %s", int(p.id), p.typ())
+		}
+	})
+
+	// Check each bucket within this bucket.
+	_ = b.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
+		if child := b.Bucket(k); child != nil {
+			tx.checkBucket(child, reachable, freed, ch)
+		}
+		return nil
+	})
+}
+
+// allocate returns a contiguous block of memory starting at a given page.
+func (tx *Tx) allocate(count int) (*page, error) {
+	p, err := tx.db.allocate(count)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// Save to our page cache.
+	tx.pages[p.id] = p
+
+	// Update statistics.
+	tx.stats.PageCount++
+	tx.stats.PageAlloc += count * tx.db.pageSize
+
+	return p, nil
+}
+
+// write writes any dirty pages to disk.
+func (tx *Tx) write() error {
+	// Sort pages by id.
+	pages := make(pages, 0, len(tx.pages))
+	for _, p := range tx.pages {
+		pages = append(pages, p)
+	}
+	// Clear out page cache early.
+	tx.pages = make(map[pgid]*page)
+	sort.Sort(pages)
+
+	// Write pages to disk in order.
+	for _, p := range pages {
+		size := (int(p.overflow) + 1) * tx.db.pageSize
+		offset := int64(p.id) * int64(tx.db.pageSize)
+
+		// Write out page in "max allocation" sized chunks.
+		ptr := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(p))
+		for {
+			// Limit our write to our max allocation size.
+			sz := size
+			if sz > maxAllocSize-1 {
+				sz = maxAllocSize - 1
+			}
+
+			// Write chunk to disk.
+			buf := ptr[:sz]
+			if _, err := tx.db.ops.writeAt(buf, offset); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			// Update statistics.
+			tx.stats.Write++
+
+			// Exit inner for loop if we've written all the chunks.
+			size -= sz
+			if size == 0 {
+				break
+			}
+
+			// Otherwise move offset forward and move pointer to next chunk.
+			offset += int64(sz)
+			ptr = (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&ptr[sz]))
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Ignore file sync if flag is set on DB.
+	if !tx.db.NoSync || IgnoreNoSync {
+		if err := fdatasync(tx.db); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Put small pages back to page pool.
+	for _, p := range pages {
+		// Ignore page sizes over 1 page.
+		// These are allocated using make() instead of the page pool.
+		if int(p.overflow) != 0 {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(p))[:tx.db.pageSize]
+
+		// See https://go.googlesource.com/go/+/f03c9202c43e0abb130669852082117ca50aa9b1
+		for i := range buf {
+			buf[i] = 0
+		}
+		tx.db.pagePool.Put(buf)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// writeMeta writes the meta to the disk.
+func (tx *Tx) writeMeta() error {
+	// Create a temporary buffer for the meta page.
+	buf := make([]byte, tx.db.pageSize)
+	p := tx.db.pageInBuffer(buf, 0)
+	tx.meta.write(p)
+
+	// Write the meta page to file.
+	if _, err := tx.db.ops.writeAt(buf, int64(p.id)*int64(tx.db.pageSize)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if !tx.db.NoSync || IgnoreNoSync {
+		if err := fdatasync(tx.db); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Update statistics.
+	tx.stats.Write++
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// page returns a reference to the page with a given id.
+// If page has been written to then a temporary buffered page is returned.
+func (tx *Tx) page(id pgid) *page {
+	// Check the dirty pages first.
+	if tx.pages != nil {
+		if p, ok := tx.pages[id]; ok {
+			return p
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Otherwise return directly from the mmap.
+	return tx.db.page(id)
+}
+
+// forEachPage iterates over every page within a given page and executes a function.
+func (tx *Tx) forEachPage(pgid pgid, depth int, fn func(*page, int)) {
+	p := tx.page(pgid)
+
+	// Execute function.
+	fn(p, depth)
+
+	// Recursively loop over children.
+	if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
+		for i := 0; i < int(p.count); i++ {
+			elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
+			tx.forEachPage(elem.pgid, depth+1, fn)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Page returns page information for a given page number.
+// This is only safe for concurrent use when used by a writable transaction.
+func (tx *Tx) Page(id int) (*PageInfo, error) {
+	if tx.db == nil {
+		return nil, ErrTxClosed
+	} else if pgid(id) >= tx.meta.pgid {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	// Build the page info.
+	p := tx.db.page(pgid(id))
+	info := &PageInfo{
+		ID:            id,
+		Count:         int(p.count),
+		OverflowCount: int(p.overflow),
+	}
+
+	// Determine the type (or if it's free).
+	if tx.db.freelist.freed(pgid(id)) {
+		info.Type = "free"
+	} else {
+		info.Type = p.typ()
+	}
+
+	return info, nil
+}
+
+// TxStats represents statistics about the actions performed by the transaction.
+type TxStats struct {
+	// Page statistics.
+	PageCount int // number of page allocations
+	PageAlloc int // total bytes allocated
+
+	// Cursor statistics.
+	CursorCount int // number of cursors created
+
+	// Node statistics
+	NodeCount int // number of node allocations
+	NodeDeref int // number of node dereferences
+
+	// Rebalance statistics.
+	Rebalance     int           // number of node rebalances
+	RebalanceTime time.Duration // total time spent rebalancing
+
+	// Split/Spill statistics.
+	Split     int           // number of nodes split
+	Spill     int           // number of nodes spilled
+	SpillTime time.Duration // total time spent spilling
+
+	// Write statistics.
+	Write     int           // number of writes performed
+	WriteTime time.Duration // total time spent writing to disk
+}
+
+func (s *TxStats) add(other *TxStats) {
+	s.PageCount += other.PageCount
+	s.PageAlloc += other.PageAlloc
+	s.CursorCount += other.CursorCount
+	s.NodeCount += other.NodeCount
+	s.NodeDeref += other.NodeDeref
+	s.Rebalance += other.Rebalance
+	s.RebalanceTime += other.RebalanceTime
+	s.Split += other.Split
+	s.Spill += other.Spill
+	s.SpillTime += other.SpillTime
+	s.Write += other.Write
+	s.WriteTime += other.WriteTime
+}
+
+// Sub calculates and returns the difference between two sets of transaction stats.
+// This is useful when obtaining stats at two different points and time and
+// you need the performance counters that occurred within that time span.
+func (s *TxStats) Sub(other *TxStats) TxStats {
+	var diff TxStats
+	diff.PageCount = s.PageCount - other.PageCount
+	diff.PageAlloc = s.PageAlloc - other.PageAlloc
+	diff.CursorCount = s.CursorCount - other.CursorCount
+	diff.NodeCount = s.NodeCount - other.NodeCount
+	diff.NodeDeref = s.NodeDeref - other.NodeDeref
+	diff.Rebalance = s.Rebalance - other.Rebalance
+	diff.RebalanceTime = s.RebalanceTime - other.RebalanceTime
+	diff.Split = s.Split - other.Split
+	diff.Spill = s.Spill - other.Spill
+	diff.SpillTime = s.SpillTime - other.SpillTime
+	diff.Write = s.Write - other.Write
+	diff.WriteTime = s.WriteTime - other.WriteTime
+	return diff
+}

vendor/github.com/br0xen/boltease/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Compiled Object files, Static and Dynamic libs (Shared Objects)
+*.o
+*.a
+*.so
+
+# Folders
+_obj
+_test
+
+# Architecture specific extensions/prefixes
+*.[568vq]
+[568vq].out
+
+*.cgo1.go
+*.cgo2.c
+_cgo_defun.c
+_cgo_gotypes.go
+_cgo_export.*
+
+_testmain.go
+
+*.exe

vendor/github.com/br0xen/boltease/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+boltease
+========
+
+A library for easing the use of bolt databases

vendor/github.com/br0xen/boltease/boltease.go

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+package boltease
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/boltdb/bolt"
+)
+
+// This is a library for easing the use of bolt dbs
+
+// DB is a struct for accomplishing this
+type DB struct {
+	filename string
+	boltDB   *bolt.DB
+	mode     os.FileMode
+	options  *bolt.Options
+	dbIsOpen bool
+}
+
+// Create makes sure we can get open the file and returns the DB object
+func Create(fn string, m os.FileMode, opts *bolt.Options) (*DB, error) {
+	var err error
+	b := DB{filename: fn, mode: m, options: opts}
+	b.boltDB, err = bolt.Open(fn, m, opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer b.boltDB.Close()
+	return &b, nil
+}
+
+func (b *DB) OpenDB() error {
+	if b.dbIsOpen {
+		// DB is already open, that's fine.
+		return nil
+	}
+	var err error
+	if b.boltDB, err = bolt.Open(b.filename, b.mode, b.options); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	b.dbIsOpen = true
+	return err
+}
+
+func (b *DB) CloseDB() error {
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		// DB is already closed, that's fine.
+		return nil
+	}
+	var err error
+	if err = b.boltDB.Close(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	b.dbIsOpen = false
+	return err
+}
+
+// MkBucketPath builds all buckets in the string slice
+func (b *DB) MkBucketPath(path []string) error {
+	var err error
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		if err = b.OpenDB(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		defer b.CloseDB()
+	}
+
+	err = b.boltDB.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		var err error
+		bkt := tx.Bucket([]byte(path[0]))
+		if bkt == nil {
+			// Create it
+			bkt, err = tx.CreateBucket([]byte(path[0]))
+			if err != nil {
+				// error creating
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+		if len(path) > 1 {
+			path = path[1:]
+			for i := range path {
+				nextBkt := bkt.Bucket([]byte(path[i]))
+				if nextBkt == nil {
+					// Create it
+					nextBkt, err = bkt.CreateBucket([]byte(path[i]))
+					if err != nil {
+						return err
+					}
+				}
+				bkt = nextBkt
+			}
+		}
+		return err
+	})
+	return err
+}
+
+// GetValue returns the value at path
+// path is a slice of strings
+// key is the key to get
+func (b *DB) GetValue(path []string, key string) (string, error) {
+	var err error
+	var ret string
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		if err = b.OpenDB(); err != nil {
+			return ret, err
+		}
+		defer b.CloseDB()
+	}
+	err = b.boltDB.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		bkt := tx.Bucket([]byte(path[0]))
+		if bkt == nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + path[0])
+		}
+		for idx := 1; idx < len(path); idx++ {
+			bkt = bkt.Bucket([]byte(path[idx]))
+			if bkt == nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + strings.Join(path[:idx], "/"))
+			}
+		}
+		// newBkt should have the last bucket in the path
+		ret = string(bkt.Get([]byte(key)))
+		return nil
+	})
+	return ret, err
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the value of key at path to val
+// path is a slice of tokens
+func (b *DB) SetValue(path []string, key, val string) error {
+	var err error
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		if err = b.OpenDB(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		defer b.CloseDB()
+	}
+
+	err = b.MkBucketPath(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	err = b.boltDB.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		bkt := tx.Bucket([]byte(path[0]))
+		if bkt == nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + path[0])
+		}
+		for idx := 1; idx < len(path); idx++ {
+			bkt, err = bkt.CreateBucketIfNotExists([]byte(path[idx]))
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+		// bkt should have the last bucket in the path
+		return bkt.Put([]byte(key), []byte(val))
+	})
+	return err
+}
+
+// GetInt returns the value at path
+// If the value cannot be parsed as an int, error
+func (b *DB) GetInt(path []string, key string) (int, error) {
+	var ret int
+	r, err := b.GetValue(path, key)
+	if err == nil {
+		ret, err = strconv.Atoi(r)
+	}
+	return ret, err
+}
+
+// SetInt Sets an integer value
+func (b *DB) SetInt(path []string, key string, val int) error {
+	return b.SetValue(path, key, strconv.Itoa(val))
+}
+
+// GetBool returns the value at 'path'
+// If the value cannot be parsed as a bool, error
+// We check 'true/false' and '1/0', else error
+func (b *DB) GetBool(path []string, key string) (bool, error) {
+	var ret bool
+	r, err := b.GetValue(path, key)
+	if err == nil {
+		if r == "true" || r == "1" {
+			ret = true
+		} else if r != "false" && r != "0" {
+			err = fmt.Errorf("Cannot parse as a boolean")
+		}
+	}
+	return ret, err
+}
+
+// SetBool Sets a boolean value
+func (b *DB) SetBool(path []string, key string, val bool) error {
+	if val {
+		return b.SetValue(path, key, "true")
+	}
+	return b.SetValue(path, key, "false")
+}
+
+// GetTimestamp returns the value at 'path'
+// If the value cannot be parsed as a RFC3339, error
+func (b *DB) GetTimestamp(path []string, key string) (time.Time, error) {
+	r, err := b.GetValue(path, key)
+	if err == nil {
+		return time.Parse(time.RFC3339, r)
+	}
+	return time.Unix(0, 0), err
+}
+
+// SetTimestamp saves a timestamp into the db
+func (b *DB) SetTimestamp(path []string, key string, val time.Time) error {
+	return b.SetValue(path, key, val.Format(time.RFC3339))
+}
+
+// GetBucketList returns a list of all sub-buckets at path
+func (b *DB) GetBucketList(path []string) ([]string, error) {
+	var err error
+	var ret []string
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		if err = b.OpenDB(); err != nil {
+			return ret, err
+		}
+		defer b.CloseDB()
+	}
+
+	err = b.boltDB.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		bkt := tx.Bucket([]byte(path[0]))
+		if bkt == nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + path[0])
+		}
+		var berr error
+		if len(path) > 1 {
+			for idx := 1; idx < len(path); idx++ {
+				bkt = bkt.Bucket([]byte(path[idx]))
+				if bkt == nil {
+					return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + strings.Join(path[:idx], " / "))
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// bkt should have the last bucket in the path
+		berr = bkt.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
+			if v == nil {
+				// Must be a bucket
+				ret = append(ret, string(k))
+			}
+			return nil
+		})
+		return berr
+	})
+	return ret, err
+}
+
+// GetKeyList returns a list of all keys at path
+func (b *DB) GetKeyList(path []string) ([]string, error) {
+	var err error
+	var ret []string
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		if err = b.OpenDB(); err != nil {
+			return ret, err
+		}
+		defer b.CloseDB()
+	}
+
+	err = b.boltDB.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		bkt := tx.Bucket([]byte(path[0]))
+		if bkt == nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + path[0])
+		}
+		var berr error
+		if len(path) > 1 {
+			for idx := 1; idx < len(path); idx++ {
+				bkt = bkt.Bucket([]byte(path[idx]))
+				if bkt == nil {
+					return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + strings.Join(path[:idx], " / "))
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// bkt should have the last bucket in the path
+		berr = bkt.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
+			if v != nil {
+				// Must be a key
+				ret = append(ret, string(k))
+			}
+			return nil
+		})
+		return berr
+	})
+	return ret, err
+}
+
+// DeletePair deletes the pair with key at path
+func (b *DB) DeletePair(path []string, key string) error {
+	var err error
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		if err = b.OpenDB(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		defer b.CloseDB()
+	}
+
+	err = b.boltDB.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		bkt := tx.Bucket([]byte(path[0]))
+		if bkt == nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + path[0])
+		}
+		if len(path) > 1 {
+			var newBkt *bolt.Bucket
+			for idx := 1; idx < len(path); idx++ {
+				newBkt = bkt.Bucket([]byte(path[idx]))
+				if newBkt == nil {
+					return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + strings.Join(path[:idx], "/"))
+				}
+			}
+			bkt = newBkt
+		}
+		// bkt should have the last bucket in the path
+		// Test to make sure that key is a pair, if so, delete it
+		if tst := bkt.Bucket([]byte(key)); tst == nil {
+			return bkt.Delete([]byte(key))
+		}
+		return nil
+	})
+	return err
+}
+
+// DeleteBucket deletes the bucket key at path
+func (b *DB) DeleteBucket(path []string, key string) error {
+	var err error
+	if !b.dbIsOpen {
+		if err = b.OpenDB(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		defer b.CloseDB()
+	}
+
+	err = b.boltDB.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
+		bkt := tx.Bucket([]byte(path[0]))
+		if bkt == nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + path[0])
+		}
+		for idx := 1; idx < len(path); idx++ {
+			bkt = bkt.Bucket([]byte(path[idx]))
+			if bkt == nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("Couldn't find bucket " + strings.Join(path[:idx], "/"))
+			}
+		}
+		// bkt should have the last bucket in the path
+		// Test to make sure that key is a bucket, if so, delete it
+		if tst := bkt.Bucket([]byte(key)); tst != nil {
+			return bkt.DeleteBucket([]byte(key))
+		}
+		return nil
+	})
+	return err
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/context/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+language: go
+sudo: false
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - go: 1.3
+    - go: 1.4
+    - go: 1.5
+    - go: 1.6
+    - go: 1.7
+    - go: tip
+  allow_failures:
+    - go: tip
+
+script:
+  - go get -t -v ./...
+  - diff -u <(echo -n) <(gofmt -d .)
+  - go vet $(go list ./... | grep -v /vendor/)
+  - go test -v -race ./...

vendor/github.com/gorilla/context/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012 Rodrigo Moraes. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+	 * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+	 * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+	 * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/context/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+context
+=======
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/context.png?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/context)
+
+gorilla/context is a general purpose registry for global request variables.
+
+> Note: gorilla/context, having been born well before `context.Context` existed, does not play well
+> with the shallow copying of the request that [`http.Request.WithContext`](https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Request.WithContext) (added to net/http Go 1.7 onwards) performs. You should either use *just* gorilla/context, or moving forward, the new `http.Request.Context()`.
+
+Read the full documentation here: http://www.gorillatoolkit.org/pkg/context

vendor/github.com/gorilla/context/context.go

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package context
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+)
+
+var (
+	mutex sync.RWMutex
+	data  = make(map[*http.Request]map[interface{}]interface{})
+	datat = make(map[*http.Request]int64)
+)
+
+// Set stores a value for a given key in a given request.
+func Set(r *http.Request, key, val interface{}) {
+	mutex.Lock()
+	if data[r] == nil {
+		data[r] = make(map[interface{}]interface{})
+		datat[r] = time.Now().Unix()
+	}
+	data[r][key] = val
+	mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// Get returns a value stored for a given key in a given request.
+func Get(r *http.Request, key interface{}) interface{} {
+	mutex.RLock()
+	if ctx := data[r]; ctx != nil {
+		value := ctx[key]
+		mutex.RUnlock()
+		return value
+	}
+	mutex.RUnlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetOk returns stored value and presence state like multi-value return of map access.
+func GetOk(r *http.Request, key interface{}) (interface{}, bool) {
+	mutex.RLock()
+	if _, ok := data[r]; ok {
+		value, ok := data[r][key]
+		mutex.RUnlock()
+		return value, ok
+	}
+	mutex.RUnlock()
+	return nil, false
+}
+
+// GetAll returns all stored values for the request as a map. Nil is returned for invalid requests.
+func GetAll(r *http.Request) map[interface{}]interface{} {
+	mutex.RLock()
+	if context, ok := data[r]; ok {
+		result := make(map[interface{}]interface{}, len(context))
+		for k, v := range context {
+			result[k] = v
+		}
+		mutex.RUnlock()
+		return result
+	}
+	mutex.RUnlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetAllOk returns all stored values for the request as a map and a boolean value that indicates if
+// the request was registered.
+func GetAllOk(r *http.Request) (map[interface{}]interface{}, bool) {
+	mutex.RLock()
+	context, ok := data[r]
+	result := make(map[interface{}]interface{}, len(context))
+	for k, v := range context {
+		result[k] = v
+	}
+	mutex.RUnlock()
+	return result, ok
+}
+
+// Delete removes a value stored for a given key in a given request.
+func Delete(r *http.Request, key interface{}) {
+	mutex.Lock()
+	if data[r] != nil {
+		delete(data[r], key)
+	}
+	mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// Clear removes all values stored for a given request.
+//
+// This is usually called by a handler wrapper to clean up request
+// variables at the end of a request lifetime. See ClearHandler().
+func Clear(r *http.Request) {
+	mutex.Lock()
+	clear(r)
+	mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// clear is Clear without the lock.
+func clear(r *http.Request) {
+	delete(data, r)
+	delete(datat, r)
+}
+
+// Purge removes request data stored for longer than maxAge, in seconds.
+// It returns the amount of requests removed.
+//
+// If maxAge <= 0, all request data is removed.
+//
+// This is only used for sanity check: in case context cleaning was not
+// properly set some request data can be kept forever, consuming an increasing
+// amount of memory. In case this is detected, Purge() must be called
+// periodically until the problem is fixed.
+func Purge(maxAge int) int {
+	mutex.Lock()
+	count := 0
+	if maxAge <= 0 {
+		count = len(data)
+		data = make(map[*http.Request]map[interface{}]interface{})
+		datat = make(map[*http.Request]int64)
+	} else {
+		min := time.Now().Unix() - int64(maxAge)
+		for r := range data {
+			if datat[r] < min {
+				clear(r)
+				count++
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	mutex.Unlock()
+	return count
+}
+
+// ClearHandler wraps an http.Handler and clears request values at the end
+// of a request lifetime.
+func ClearHandler(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		defer Clear(r)
+		h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+	})
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/context/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+/*
+Package context stores values shared during a request lifetime.
+
+Note: gorilla/context, having been born well before `context.Context` existed,
+does not play well > with the shallow copying of the request that
+[`http.Request.WithContext`](https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Request.WithContext)
+(added to net/http Go 1.7 onwards) performs. You should either use *just*
+gorilla/context, or moving forward, the new `http.Request.Context()`.
+
+For example, a router can set variables extracted from the URL and later
+application handlers can access those values, or it can be used to store
+sessions values to be saved at the end of a request. There are several
+others common uses.
+
+The idea was posted by Brad Fitzpatrick to the go-nuts mailing list:
+
+	http://groups.google.com/group/golang-nuts/msg/e2d679d303aa5d53
+
+Here's the basic usage: first define the keys that you will need. The key
+type is interface{} so a key can be of any type that supports equality.
+Here we define a key using a custom int type to avoid name collisions:
+
+	package foo
+
+	import (
+		"github.com/gorilla/context"
+	)
+
+	type key int
+
+	const MyKey key = 0
+
+Then set a variable. Variables are bound to an http.Request object, so you
+need a request instance to set a value:
+
+	context.Set(r, MyKey, "bar")
+
+The application can later access the variable using the same key you provided:
+
+	func MyHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		// val is "bar".
+		val := context.Get(r, foo.MyKey)
+
+		// returns ("bar", true)
+		val, ok := context.GetOk(r, foo.MyKey)
+		// ...
+	}
+
+And that's all about the basic usage. We discuss some other ideas below.
+
+Any type can be stored in the context. To enforce a given type, make the key
+private and wrap Get() and Set() to accept and return values of a specific
+type:
+
+	type key int
+
+	const mykey key = 0
+
+	// GetMyKey returns a value for this package from the request values.
+	func GetMyKey(r *http.Request) SomeType {
+		if rv := context.Get(r, mykey); rv != nil {
+			return rv.(SomeType)
+		}
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// SetMyKey sets a value for this package in the request values.
+	func SetMyKey(r *http.Request, val SomeType) {
+		context.Set(r, mykey, val)
+	}
+
+Variables must be cleared at the end of a request, to remove all values
+that were stored. This can be done in an http.Handler, after a request was
+served. Just call Clear() passing the request:
+
+	context.Clear(r)
+
+...or use ClearHandler(), which conveniently wraps an http.Handler to clear
+variables at the end of a request lifetime.
+
+The Routers from the packages gorilla/mux and gorilla/pat call Clear()
+so if you are using either of them you don't need to clear the context manually.
+*/
+package context

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+language: go
+sudo: false
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - go: 1.4
+    - go: 1.5
+    - go: 1.6
+    - go: 1.7
+    - go: tip
+  allow_failures:
+    - go: tip
+
+script:
+  - go get -t -v ./...
+  - diff -u <(echo -n) <(gofmt -d .)
+  - go vet $(go list ./... | grep -v /vendor/)
+  - go test -v -race ./...

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Copyright (c) 2013 The Gorilla Handlers Authors. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+  Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+  list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+  Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+gorilla/handlers
+================
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers) [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/handlers.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/handlers)
+[![Sourcegraph](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/handlers/-/badge.svg)](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/handlers?badge)
+
+
+Package handlers is a collection of handlers (aka "HTTP middleware") for use
+with Go's `net/http` package (or any framework supporting `http.Handler`), including:
+
+* [**LoggingHandler**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#LoggingHandler) for logging HTTP requests in the Apache [Common Log
+  Format](http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/logs.html#common).
+* [**CombinedLoggingHandler**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#CombinedLoggingHandler) for logging HTTP requests in the Apache [Combined Log
+  Format](http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/logs.html#combined) commonly used by
+  both Apache and nginx.
+* [**CompressHandler**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#CompressHandler) for gzipping responses.
+* [**ContentTypeHandler**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#ContentTypeHandler) for validating requests against a list of accepted
+  content types.
+* [**MethodHandler**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#MethodHandler) for matching HTTP methods against handlers in a
+  `map[string]http.Handler`
+* [**ProxyHeaders**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#ProxyHeaders) for populating `r.RemoteAddr` and `r.URL.Scheme` based on the
+  `X-Forwarded-For`, `X-Real-IP`, `X-Forwarded-Proto` and RFC7239 `Forwarded`
+  headers when running a Go server behind a HTTP reverse proxy.
+* [**CanonicalHost**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#CanonicalHost) for re-directing to the preferred host when handling multiple 
+  domains (i.e. multiple CNAME aliases).
+* [**RecoveryHandler**](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/handlers#RecoveryHandler) for recovering from unexpected panics.
+
+Other handlers are documented [on the Gorilla
+website](http://www.gorillatoolkit.org/pkg/handlers).
+
+## Example
+
+A simple example using `handlers.LoggingHandler` and `handlers.CompressHandler`:
+
+```go
+import (
+    "net/http"
+    "github.com/gorilla/handlers"
+)
+
+func main() {
+    r := http.NewServeMux()
+
+    // Only log requests to our admin dashboard to stdout
+    r.Handle("/admin", handlers.LoggingHandler(os.Stdout, http.HandlerFunc(ShowAdminDashboard)))
+    r.HandleFunc("/", ShowIndex)
+
+    // Wrap our server with our gzip handler to gzip compress all responses.
+    http.ListenAndServe(":8000", handlers.CompressHandler(r))
+}
+```
+
+## License
+
+BSD licensed. See the included LICENSE file for details.
+

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/canonical.go

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+type canonical struct {
+	h      http.Handler
+	domain string
+	code   int
+}
+
+// CanonicalHost is HTTP middleware that re-directs requests to the canonical
+// domain. It accepts a domain and a status code (e.g. 301 or 302) and
+// re-directs clients to this domain. The existing request path is maintained.
+//
+// Note: If the provided domain is considered invalid by url.Parse or otherwise
+// returns an empty scheme or host, clients are not re-directed.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//  r := mux.NewRouter()
+//  canonical := handlers.CanonicalHost("http://www.gorillatoolkit.org", 302)
+//  r.HandleFunc("/route", YourHandler)
+//
+//  log.Fatal(http.ListenAndServe(":7000", canonical(r)))
+//
+func CanonicalHost(domain string, code int) func(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	fn := func(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+		return canonical{h, domain, code}
+	}
+
+	return fn
+}
+
+func (c canonical) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	dest, err := url.Parse(c.domain)
+	if err != nil {
+		// Call the next handler if the provided domain fails to parse.
+		c.h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if dest.Scheme == "" || dest.Host == "" {
+		// Call the next handler if the scheme or host are empty.
+		// Note that url.Parse won't fail on in this case.
+		c.h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if !strings.EqualFold(cleanHost(r.Host), dest.Host) {
+		// Re-build the destination URL
+		dest := dest.Scheme + "://" + dest.Host + r.URL.Path
+		if r.URL.RawQuery != "" {
+			dest += "?" + r.URL.RawQuery
+		}
+		http.Redirect(w, r, dest, c.code)
+		return
+	}
+
+	c.h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+}
+
+// cleanHost cleans invalid Host headers by stripping anything after '/' or ' '.
+// This is backported from Go 1.5 (in response to issue #11206) and attempts to
+// mitigate malformed Host headers that do not match the format in RFC7230.
+func cleanHost(in string) string {
+	if i := strings.IndexAny(in, " /"); i != -1 {
+		return in[:i]
+	}
+	return in
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/compress.go

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+// Copyright 2013 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"compress/flate"
+	"compress/gzip"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+type compressResponseWriter struct {
+	io.Writer
+	http.ResponseWriter
+	http.Hijacker
+	http.Flusher
+	http.CloseNotifier
+}
+
+func (w *compressResponseWriter) WriteHeader(c int) {
+	w.ResponseWriter.Header().Del("Content-Length")
+	w.ResponseWriter.WriteHeader(c)
+}
+
+func (w *compressResponseWriter) Header() http.Header {
+	return w.ResponseWriter.Header()
+}
+
+func (w *compressResponseWriter) Write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	h := w.ResponseWriter.Header()
+	if h.Get("Content-Type") == "" {
+		h.Set("Content-Type", http.DetectContentType(b))
+	}
+	h.Del("Content-Length")
+
+	return w.Writer.Write(b)
+}
+
+type flusher interface {
+	Flush() error
+}
+
+func (w *compressResponseWriter) Flush() {
+	// Flush compressed data if compressor supports it.
+	if f, ok := w.Writer.(flusher); ok {
+		f.Flush()
+	}
+	// Flush HTTP response.
+	if w.Flusher != nil {
+		w.Flusher.Flush()
+	}
+}
+
+// CompressHandler gzip compresses HTTP responses for clients that support it
+// via the 'Accept-Encoding' header.
+//
+// Compressing TLS traffic may leak the page contents to an attacker if the
+// page contains user input: http://security.stackexchange.com/a/102015/12208
+func CompressHandler(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return CompressHandlerLevel(h, gzip.DefaultCompression)
+}
+
+// CompressHandlerLevel gzip compresses HTTP responses with specified compression level
+// for clients that support it via the 'Accept-Encoding' header.
+//
+// The compression level should be gzip.DefaultCompression, gzip.NoCompression,
+// or any integer value between gzip.BestSpeed and gzip.BestCompression inclusive.
+// gzip.DefaultCompression is used in case of invalid compression level.
+func CompressHandlerLevel(h http.Handler, level int) http.Handler {
+	if level < gzip.DefaultCompression || level > gzip.BestCompression {
+		level = gzip.DefaultCompression
+	}
+
+	return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	L:
+		for _, enc := range strings.Split(r.Header.Get("Accept-Encoding"), ",") {
+			switch strings.TrimSpace(enc) {
+			case "gzip":
+				w.Header().Set("Content-Encoding", "gzip")
+				w.Header().Add("Vary", "Accept-Encoding")
+
+				gw, _ := gzip.NewWriterLevel(w, level)
+				defer gw.Close()
+
+				h, hok := w.(http.Hijacker)
+				if !hok { /* w is not Hijacker... oh well... */
+					h = nil
+				}
+
+				f, fok := w.(http.Flusher)
+				if !fok {
+					f = nil
+				}
+
+				cn, cnok := w.(http.CloseNotifier)
+				if !cnok {
+					cn = nil
+				}
+
+				w = &compressResponseWriter{
+					Writer:         gw,
+					ResponseWriter: w,
+					Hijacker:       h,
+					Flusher:        f,
+					CloseNotifier:  cn,
+				}
+
+				break L
+			case "deflate":
+				w.Header().Set("Content-Encoding", "deflate")
+				w.Header().Add("Vary", "Accept-Encoding")
+
+				fw, _ := flate.NewWriter(w, level)
+				defer fw.Close()
+
+				h, hok := w.(http.Hijacker)
+				if !hok { /* w is not Hijacker... oh well... */
+					h = nil
+				}
+
+				f, fok := w.(http.Flusher)
+				if !fok {
+					f = nil
+				}
+
+				cn, cnok := w.(http.CloseNotifier)
+				if !cnok {
+					cn = nil
+				}
+
+				w = &compressResponseWriter{
+					Writer:         fw,
+					ResponseWriter: w,
+					Hijacker:       h,
+					Flusher:        f,
+					CloseNotifier:  cn,
+				}
+
+				break L
+			}
+		}
+
+		h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+	})
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/cors.go

@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// CORSOption represents a functional option for configuring the CORS middleware.
+type CORSOption func(*cors) error
+
+type cors struct {
+	h                      http.Handler
+	allowedHeaders         []string
+	allowedMethods         []string
+	allowedOrigins         []string
+	allowedOriginValidator OriginValidator
+	exposedHeaders         []string
+	maxAge                 int
+	ignoreOptions          bool
+	allowCredentials       bool
+}
+
+// OriginValidator takes an origin string and returns whether or not that origin is allowed.
+type OriginValidator func(string) bool
+
+var (
+	defaultCorsMethods = []string{"GET", "HEAD", "POST"}
+	defaultCorsHeaders = []string{"Accept", "Accept-Language", "Content-Language", "Origin"}
+	// (WebKit/Safari v9 sends the Origin header by default in AJAX requests)
+)
+
+const (
+	corsOptionMethod           string = "OPTIONS"
+	corsAllowOriginHeader      string = "Access-Control-Allow-Origin"
+	corsExposeHeadersHeader    string = "Access-Control-Expose-Headers"
+	corsMaxAgeHeader           string = "Access-Control-Max-Age"
+	corsAllowMethodsHeader     string = "Access-Control-Allow-Methods"
+	corsAllowHeadersHeader     string = "Access-Control-Allow-Headers"
+	corsAllowCredentialsHeader string = "Access-Control-Allow-Credentials"
+	corsRequestMethodHeader    string = "Access-Control-Request-Method"
+	corsRequestHeadersHeader   string = "Access-Control-Request-Headers"
+	corsOriginHeader           string = "Origin"
+	corsVaryHeader             string = "Vary"
+	corsOriginMatchAll         string = "*"
+)
+
+func (ch *cors) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	origin := r.Header.Get(corsOriginHeader)
+	if !ch.isOriginAllowed(origin) {
+		ch.h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if r.Method == corsOptionMethod {
+		if ch.ignoreOptions {
+			ch.h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+			return
+		}
+
+		if _, ok := r.Header[corsRequestMethodHeader]; !ok {
+			w.WriteHeader(http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+
+		method := r.Header.Get(corsRequestMethodHeader)
+		if !ch.isMatch(method, ch.allowedMethods) {
+			w.WriteHeader(http.StatusMethodNotAllowed)
+			return
+		}
+
+		requestHeaders := strings.Split(r.Header.Get(corsRequestHeadersHeader), ",")
+		allowedHeaders := []string{}
+		for _, v := range requestHeaders {
+			canonicalHeader := http.CanonicalHeaderKey(strings.TrimSpace(v))
+			if canonicalHeader == "" || ch.isMatch(canonicalHeader, defaultCorsHeaders) {
+				continue
+			}
+
+			if !ch.isMatch(canonicalHeader, ch.allowedHeaders) {
+				w.WriteHeader(http.StatusForbidden)
+				return
+			}
+
+			allowedHeaders = append(allowedHeaders, canonicalHeader)
+		}
+
+		if len(allowedHeaders) > 0 {
+			w.Header().Set(corsAllowHeadersHeader, strings.Join(allowedHeaders, ","))
+		}
+
+		if ch.maxAge > 0 {
+			w.Header().Set(corsMaxAgeHeader, strconv.Itoa(ch.maxAge))
+		}
+
+		if !ch.isMatch(method, defaultCorsMethods) {
+			w.Header().Set(corsAllowMethodsHeader, method)
+		}
+	} else {
+		if len(ch.exposedHeaders) > 0 {
+			w.Header().Set(corsExposeHeadersHeader, strings.Join(ch.exposedHeaders, ","))
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ch.allowCredentials {
+		w.Header().Set(corsAllowCredentialsHeader, "true")
+	}
+
+	if len(ch.allowedOrigins) > 1 {
+		w.Header().Set(corsVaryHeader, corsOriginHeader)
+	}
+
+	w.Header().Set(corsAllowOriginHeader, origin)
+
+	if r.Method == corsOptionMethod {
+		return
+	}
+	ch.h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+}
+
+// CORS provides Cross-Origin Resource Sharing middleware.
+// Example:
+//
+//  import (
+//      "net/http"
+//
+//      "github.com/gorilla/handlers"
+//      "github.com/gorilla/mux"
+//  )
+//
+//  func main() {
+//      r := mux.NewRouter()
+//      r.HandleFunc("/users", UserEndpoint)
+//      r.HandleFunc("/projects", ProjectEndpoint)
+//
+//      // Apply the CORS middleware to our top-level router, with the defaults.
+//      http.ListenAndServe(":8000", handlers.CORS()(r))
+//  }
+//
+func CORS(opts ...CORSOption) func(http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return func(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+		ch := parseCORSOptions(opts...)
+		ch.h = h
+		return ch
+	}
+}
+
+func parseCORSOptions(opts ...CORSOption) *cors {
+	ch := &cors{
+		allowedMethods: defaultCorsMethods,
+		allowedHeaders: defaultCorsHeaders,
+		allowedOrigins: []string{corsOriginMatchAll},
+	}
+
+	for _, option := range opts {
+		option(ch)
+	}
+
+	return ch
+}
+
+//
+// Functional options for configuring CORS.
+//
+
+// AllowedHeaders adds the provided headers to the list of allowed headers in a
+// CORS request.
+// This is an append operation so the headers Accept, Accept-Language,
+// and Content-Language are always allowed.
+// Content-Type must be explicitly declared if accepting Content-Types other than
+// application/x-www-form-urlencoded, multipart/form-data, or text/plain.
+func AllowedHeaders(headers []string) CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		for _, v := range headers {
+			normalizedHeader := http.CanonicalHeaderKey(strings.TrimSpace(v))
+			if normalizedHeader == "" {
+				continue
+			}
+
+			if !ch.isMatch(normalizedHeader, ch.allowedHeaders) {
+				ch.allowedHeaders = append(ch.allowedHeaders, normalizedHeader)
+			}
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// AllowedMethods can be used to explicitly allow methods in the
+// Access-Control-Allow-Methods header.
+// This is a replacement operation so you must also
+// pass GET, HEAD, and POST if you wish to support those methods.
+func AllowedMethods(methods []string) CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		ch.allowedMethods = []string{}
+		for _, v := range methods {
+			normalizedMethod := strings.ToUpper(strings.TrimSpace(v))
+			if normalizedMethod == "" {
+				continue
+			}
+
+			if !ch.isMatch(normalizedMethod, ch.allowedMethods) {
+				ch.allowedMethods = append(ch.allowedMethods, normalizedMethod)
+			}
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// AllowedOrigins sets the allowed origins for CORS requests, as used in the
+// 'Allow-Access-Control-Origin' HTTP header.
+// Note: Passing in a []string{"*"} will allow any domain.
+func AllowedOrigins(origins []string) CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		for _, v := range origins {
+			if v == corsOriginMatchAll {
+				ch.allowedOrigins = []string{corsOriginMatchAll}
+				return nil
+			}
+		}
+
+		ch.allowedOrigins = origins
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// AllowedOriginValidator sets a function for evaluating allowed origins in CORS requests, represented by the
+// 'Allow-Access-Control-Origin' HTTP header.
+func AllowedOriginValidator(fn OriginValidator) CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		ch.allowedOriginValidator = fn
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// ExposeHeaders can be used to specify headers that are available
+// and will not be stripped out by the user-agent.
+func ExposedHeaders(headers []string) CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		ch.exposedHeaders = []string{}
+		for _, v := range headers {
+			normalizedHeader := http.CanonicalHeaderKey(strings.TrimSpace(v))
+			if normalizedHeader == "" {
+				continue
+			}
+
+			if !ch.isMatch(normalizedHeader, ch.exposedHeaders) {
+				ch.exposedHeaders = append(ch.exposedHeaders, normalizedHeader)
+			}
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// MaxAge determines the maximum age (in seconds) between preflight requests. A
+// maximum of 10 minutes is allowed. An age above this value will default to 10
+// minutes.
+func MaxAge(age int) CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		// Maximum of 10 minutes.
+		if age > 600 {
+			age = 600
+		}
+
+		ch.maxAge = age
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// IgnoreOptions causes the CORS middleware to ignore OPTIONS requests, instead
+// passing them through to the next handler. This is useful when your application
+// or framework has a pre-existing mechanism for responding to OPTIONS requests.
+func IgnoreOptions() CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		ch.ignoreOptions = true
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// AllowCredentials can be used to specify that the user agent may pass
+// authentication details along with the request.
+func AllowCredentials() CORSOption {
+	return func(ch *cors) error {
+		ch.allowCredentials = true
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+func (ch *cors) isOriginAllowed(origin string) bool {
+	if origin == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if ch.allowedOriginValidator != nil {
+		return ch.allowedOriginValidator(origin)
+	}
+
+	for _, allowedOrigin := range ch.allowedOrigins {
+		if allowedOrigin == origin || allowedOrigin == corsOriginMatchAll {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false
+}
+
+func (ch *cors) isMatch(needle string, haystack []string) bool {
+	for _, v := range haystack {
+		if v == needle {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/*
+Package handlers is a collection of handlers (aka "HTTP middleware") for use
+with Go's net/http package (or any framework supporting http.Handler).
+
+The package includes handlers for logging in standardised formats, compressing
+HTTP responses, validating content types and other useful tools for manipulating
+requests and responses.
+*/
+package handlers

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/handlers.go

@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+// Copyright 2013 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"bufio"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"sort"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+	"unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+// MethodHandler is an http.Handler that dispatches to a handler whose key in the
+// MethodHandler's map matches the name of the HTTP request's method, eg: GET
+//
+// If the request's method is OPTIONS and OPTIONS is not a key in the map then
+// the handler responds with a status of 200 and sets the Allow header to a
+// comma-separated list of available methods.
+//
+// If the request's method doesn't match any of its keys the handler responds
+// with a status of HTTP 405 "Method Not Allowed" and sets the Allow header to a
+// comma-separated list of available methods.
+type MethodHandler map[string]http.Handler
+
+func (h MethodHandler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+	if handler, ok := h[req.Method]; ok {
+		handler.ServeHTTP(w, req)
+	} else {
+		allow := []string{}
+		for k := range h {
+			allow = append(allow, k)
+		}
+		sort.Strings(allow)
+		w.Header().Set("Allow", strings.Join(allow, ", "))
+		if req.Method == "OPTIONS" {
+			w.WriteHeader(http.StatusOK)
+		} else {
+			http.Error(w, "Method not allowed", http.StatusMethodNotAllowed)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// loggingHandler is the http.Handler implementation for LoggingHandlerTo and its
+// friends
+type loggingHandler struct {
+	writer  io.Writer
+	handler http.Handler
+}
+
+// combinedLoggingHandler is the http.Handler implementation for LoggingHandlerTo
+// and its friends
+type combinedLoggingHandler struct {
+	writer  io.Writer
+	handler http.Handler
+}
+
+func (h loggingHandler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+	t := time.Now()
+	logger := makeLogger(w)
+	url := *req.URL
+	h.handler.ServeHTTP(logger, req)
+	writeLog(h.writer, req, url, t, logger.Status(), logger.Size())
+}
+
+func (h combinedLoggingHandler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+	t := time.Now()
+	logger := makeLogger(w)
+	url := *req.URL
+	h.handler.ServeHTTP(logger, req)
+	writeCombinedLog(h.writer, req, url, t, logger.Status(), logger.Size())
+}
+
+func makeLogger(w http.ResponseWriter) loggingResponseWriter {
+	var logger loggingResponseWriter = &responseLogger{w: w}
+	if _, ok := w.(http.Hijacker); ok {
+		logger = &hijackLogger{responseLogger{w: w}}
+	}
+	h, ok1 := logger.(http.Hijacker)
+	c, ok2 := w.(http.CloseNotifier)
+	if ok1 && ok2 {
+		return hijackCloseNotifier{logger, h, c}
+	}
+	if ok2 {
+		return &closeNotifyWriter{logger, c}
+	}
+	return logger
+}
+
+type commonLoggingResponseWriter interface {
+	http.ResponseWriter
+	http.Flusher
+	Status() int
+	Size() int
+}
+
+// responseLogger is wrapper of http.ResponseWriter that keeps track of its HTTP
+// status code and body size
+type responseLogger struct {
+	w      http.ResponseWriter
+	status int
+	size   int
+}
+
+func (l *responseLogger) Header() http.Header {
+	return l.w.Header()
+}
+
+func (l *responseLogger) Write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	if l.status == 0 {
+		// The status will be StatusOK if WriteHeader has not been called yet
+		l.status = http.StatusOK
+	}
+	size, err := l.w.Write(b)
+	l.size += size
+	return size, err
+}
+
+func (l *responseLogger) WriteHeader(s int) {
+	l.w.WriteHeader(s)
+	l.status = s
+}
+
+func (l *responseLogger) Status() int {
+	return l.status
+}
+
+func (l *responseLogger) Size() int {
+	return l.size
+}
+
+func (l *responseLogger) Flush() {
+	f, ok := l.w.(http.Flusher)
+	if ok {
+		f.Flush()
+	}
+}
+
+type hijackLogger struct {
+	responseLogger
+}
+
+func (l *hijackLogger) Hijack() (net.Conn, *bufio.ReadWriter, error) {
+	h := l.responseLogger.w.(http.Hijacker)
+	conn, rw, err := h.Hijack()
+	if err == nil && l.responseLogger.status == 0 {
+		// The status will be StatusSwitchingProtocols if there was no error and
+		// WriteHeader has not been called yet
+		l.responseLogger.status = http.StatusSwitchingProtocols
+	}
+	return conn, rw, err
+}
+
+type closeNotifyWriter struct {
+	loggingResponseWriter
+	http.CloseNotifier
+}
+
+type hijackCloseNotifier struct {
+	loggingResponseWriter
+	http.Hijacker
+	http.CloseNotifier
+}
+
+const lowerhex = "0123456789abcdef"
+
+func appendQuoted(buf []byte, s string) []byte {
+	var runeTmp [utf8.UTFMax]byte
+	for width := 0; len(s) > 0; s = s[width:] {
+		r := rune(s[0])
+		width = 1
+		if r >= utf8.RuneSelf {
+			r, width = utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+		}
+		if width == 1 && r == utf8.RuneError {
+			buf = append(buf, `\x`...)
+			buf = append(buf, lowerhex[s[0]>>4])
+			buf = append(buf, lowerhex[s[0]&0xF])
+			continue
+		}
+		if r == rune('"') || r == '\\' { // always backslashed
+			buf = append(buf, '\\')
+			buf = append(buf, byte(r))
+			continue
+		}
+		if strconv.IsPrint(r) {
+			n := utf8.EncodeRune(runeTmp[:], r)
+			buf = append(buf, runeTmp[:n]...)
+			continue
+		}
+		switch r {
+		case '\a':
+			buf = append(buf, `\a`...)
+		case '\b':
+			buf = append(buf, `\b`...)
+		case '\f':
+			buf = append(buf, `\f`...)
+		case '\n':
+			buf = append(buf, `\n`...)
+		case '\r':
+			buf = append(buf, `\r`...)
+		case '\t':
+			buf = append(buf, `\t`...)
+		case '\v':
+			buf = append(buf, `\v`...)
+		default:
+			switch {
+			case r < ' ':
+				buf = append(buf, `\x`...)
+				buf = append(buf, lowerhex[s[0]>>4])
+				buf = append(buf, lowerhex[s[0]&0xF])
+			case r > utf8.MaxRune:
+				r = 0xFFFD
+				fallthrough
+			case r < 0x10000:
+				buf = append(buf, `\u`...)
+				for s := 12; s >= 0; s -= 4 {
+					buf = append(buf, lowerhex[r>>uint(s)&0xF])
+				}
+			default:
+				buf = append(buf, `\U`...)
+				for s := 28; s >= 0; s -= 4 {
+					buf = append(buf, lowerhex[r>>uint(s)&0xF])
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return buf
+
+}
+
+// buildCommonLogLine builds a log entry for req in Apache Common Log Format.
+// ts is the timestamp with which the entry should be logged.
+// status and size are used to provide the response HTTP status and size.
+func buildCommonLogLine(req *http.Request, url url.URL, ts time.Time, status int, size int) []byte {
+	username := "-"
+	if url.User != nil {
+		if name := url.User.Username(); name != "" {
+			username = name
+		}
+	}
+
+	host, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(req.RemoteAddr)
+
+	if err != nil {
+		host = req.RemoteAddr
+	}
+
+	uri := req.RequestURI
+
+	// Requests using the CONNECT method over HTTP/2.0 must use
+	// the authority field (aka r.Host) to identify the target.
+	// Refer: https://httpwg.github.io/specs/rfc7540.html#CONNECT
+	if req.ProtoMajor == 2 && req.Method == "CONNECT" {
+		uri = req.Host
+	}
+	if uri == "" {
+		uri = url.RequestURI()
+	}
+
+	buf := make([]byte, 0, 3*(len(host)+len(username)+len(req.Method)+len(uri)+len(req.Proto)+50)/2)
+	buf = append(buf, host...)
+	buf = append(buf, " - "...)
+	buf = append(buf, username...)
+	buf = append(buf, " ["...)
+	buf = append(buf, ts.Format("02/Jan/2006:15:04:05 -0700")...)
+	buf = append(buf, `] "`...)
+	buf = append(buf, req.Method...)
+	buf = append(buf, " "...)
+	buf = appendQuoted(buf, uri)
+	buf = append(buf, " "...)
+	buf = append(buf, req.Proto...)
+	buf = append(buf, `" `...)
+	buf = append(buf, strconv.Itoa(status)...)
+	buf = append(buf, " "...)
+	buf = append(buf, strconv.Itoa(size)...)
+	return buf
+}
+
+// writeLog writes a log entry for req to w in Apache Common Log Format.
+// ts is the timestamp with which the entry should be logged.
+// status and size are used to provide the response HTTP status and size.
+func writeLog(w io.Writer, req *http.Request, url url.URL, ts time.Time, status, size int) {
+	buf := buildCommonLogLine(req, url, ts, status, size)
+	buf = append(buf, '\n')
+	w.Write(buf)
+}
+
+// writeCombinedLog writes a log entry for req to w in Apache Combined Log Format.
+// ts is the timestamp with which the entry should be logged.
+// status and size are used to provide the response HTTP status and size.
+func writeCombinedLog(w io.Writer, req *http.Request, url url.URL, ts time.Time, status, size int) {
+	buf := buildCommonLogLine(req, url, ts, status, size)
+	buf = append(buf, ` "`...)
+	buf = appendQuoted(buf, req.Referer())
+	buf = append(buf, `" "`...)
+	buf = appendQuoted(buf, req.UserAgent())
+	buf = append(buf, '"', '\n')
+	w.Write(buf)
+}
+
+// CombinedLoggingHandler return a http.Handler that wraps h and logs requests to out in
+// Apache Combined Log Format.
+//
+// See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/logs.html#combined for a description of this format.
+//
+// LoggingHandler always sets the ident field of the log to -
+func CombinedLoggingHandler(out io.Writer, h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return combinedLoggingHandler{out, h}
+}
+
+// LoggingHandler return a http.Handler that wraps h and logs requests to out in
+// Apache Common Log Format (CLF).
+//
+// See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/logs.html#common for a description of this format.
+//
+// LoggingHandler always sets the ident field of the log to -
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//  r := mux.NewRouter()
+//  r.HandleFunc("/", func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+//  	w.Write([]byte("This is a catch-all route"))
+//  })
+//  loggedRouter := handlers.LoggingHandler(os.Stdout, r)
+//  http.ListenAndServe(":1123", loggedRouter)
+//
+func LoggingHandler(out io.Writer, h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return loggingHandler{out, h}
+}
+
+// isContentType validates the Content-Type header matches the supplied
+// contentType. That is, its type and subtype match.
+func isContentType(h http.Header, contentType string) bool {
+	ct := h.Get("Content-Type")
+	if i := strings.IndexRune(ct, ';'); i != -1 {
+		ct = ct[0:i]
+	}
+	return ct == contentType
+}
+
+// ContentTypeHandler wraps and returns a http.Handler, validating the request
+// content type is compatible with the contentTypes list. It writes a HTTP 415
+// error if that fails.
+//
+// Only PUT, POST, and PATCH requests are considered.
+func ContentTypeHandler(h http.Handler, contentTypes ...string) http.Handler {
+	return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		if !(r.Method == "PUT" || r.Method == "POST" || r.Method == "PATCH") {
+			h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+			return
+		}
+
+		for _, ct := range contentTypes {
+			if isContentType(r.Header, ct) {
+				h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+				return
+			}
+		}
+		http.Error(w, fmt.Sprintf("Unsupported content type %q; expected one of %q", r.Header.Get("Content-Type"), contentTypes), http.StatusUnsupportedMediaType)
+	})
+}
+
+const (
+	// HTTPMethodOverrideHeader is a commonly used
+	// http header to override a request method.
+	HTTPMethodOverrideHeader = "X-HTTP-Method-Override"
+	// HTTPMethodOverrideFormKey is a commonly used
+	// HTML form key to override a request method.
+	HTTPMethodOverrideFormKey = "_method"
+)
+
+// HTTPMethodOverrideHandler wraps and returns a http.Handler which checks for
+// the X-HTTP-Method-Override header or the _method form key, and overrides (if
+// valid) request.Method with its value.
+//
+// This is especially useful for HTTP clients that don't support many http verbs.
+// It isn't secure to override e.g a GET to a POST, so only POST requests are
+// considered.  Likewise, the override method can only be a "write" method: PUT,
+// PATCH or DELETE.
+//
+// Form method takes precedence over header method.
+func HTTPMethodOverrideHandler(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		if r.Method == "POST" {
+			om := r.FormValue(HTTPMethodOverrideFormKey)
+			if om == "" {
+				om = r.Header.Get(HTTPMethodOverrideHeader)
+			}
+			if om == "PUT" || om == "PATCH" || om == "DELETE" {
+				r.Method = om
+			}
+		}
+		h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+	})
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/handlers_go18.go

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+// +build go1.8
+
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+type loggingResponseWriter interface {
+	commonLoggingResponseWriter
+	http.Pusher
+}
+
+func (l *responseLogger) Push(target string, opts *http.PushOptions) error {
+	p, ok := l.w.(http.Pusher)
+	if !ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("responseLogger does not implement http.Pusher")
+	}
+	return p.Push(target, opts)
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/handlers_pre18.go

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+// +build !go1.8
+
+package handlers
+
+type loggingResponseWriter interface {
+	commonLoggingResponseWriter
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/proxy_headers.go

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+var (
+	// De-facto standard header keys.
+	xForwardedFor    = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-For")
+	xForwardedHost   = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Host")
+	xForwardedProto  = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Proto")
+	xForwardedScheme = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Forwarded-Scheme")
+	xRealIP          = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("X-Real-IP")
+)
+
+var (
+	// RFC7239 defines a new "Forwarded: " header designed to replace the
+	// existing use of X-Forwarded-* headers.
+	// e.g. Forwarded: for=192.0.2.60;proto=https;by=203.0.113.43
+	forwarded = http.CanonicalHeaderKey("Forwarded")
+	// Allows for a sub-match of the first value after 'for=' to the next
+	// comma, semi-colon or space. The match is case-insensitive.
+	forRegex = regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)(?:for=)([^(;|,| )]+)`)
+	// Allows for a sub-match for the first instance of scheme (http|https)
+	// prefixed by 'proto='. The match is case-insensitive.
+	protoRegex = regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)(?:proto=)(https|http)`)
+)
+
+// ProxyHeaders inspects common reverse proxy headers and sets the corresponding
+// fields in the HTTP request struct. These are X-Forwarded-For and X-Real-IP
+// for the remote (client) IP address, X-Forwarded-Proto or X-Forwarded-Scheme
+// for the scheme (http|https) and the RFC7239 Forwarded header, which may
+// include both client IPs and schemes.
+//
+// NOTE: This middleware should only be used when behind a reverse
+// proxy like nginx, HAProxy or Apache. Reverse proxies that don't (or are
+// configured not to) strip these headers from client requests, or where these
+// headers are accepted "as is" from a remote client (e.g. when Go is not behind
+// a proxy), can manifest as a vulnerability if your application uses these
+// headers for validating the 'trustworthiness' of a request.
+func ProxyHeaders(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	fn := func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		// Set the remote IP with the value passed from the proxy.
+		if fwd := getIP(r); fwd != "" {
+			r.RemoteAddr = fwd
+		}
+
+		// Set the scheme (proto) with the value passed from the proxy.
+		if scheme := getScheme(r); scheme != "" {
+			r.URL.Scheme = scheme
+		}
+		// Set the host with the value passed by the proxy
+		if r.Header.Get(xForwardedHost) != "" {
+			r.Host = r.Header.Get(xForwardedHost)
+		}
+		// Call the next handler in the chain.
+		h.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+	}
+
+	return http.HandlerFunc(fn)
+}
+
+// getIP retrieves the IP from the X-Forwarded-For, X-Real-IP and RFC7239
+// Forwarded headers (in that order).
+func getIP(r *http.Request) string {
+	var addr string
+
+	if fwd := r.Header.Get(xForwardedFor); fwd != "" {
+		// Only grab the first (client) address. Note that '192.168.0.1,
+		// 10.1.1.1' is a valid key for X-Forwarded-For where addresses after
+		// the first may represent forwarding proxies earlier in the chain.
+		s := strings.Index(fwd, ", ")
+		if s == -1 {
+			s = len(fwd)
+		}
+		addr = fwd[:s]
+	} else if fwd := r.Header.Get(xRealIP); fwd != "" {
+		// X-Real-IP should only contain one IP address (the client making the
+		// request).
+		addr = fwd
+	} else if fwd := r.Header.Get(forwarded); fwd != "" {
+		// match should contain at least two elements if the protocol was
+		// specified in the Forwarded header. The first element will always be
+		// the 'for=' capture, which we ignore. In the case of multiple IP
+		// addresses (for=8.8.8.8, 8.8.4.4,172.16.1.20 is valid) we only
+		// extract the first, which should be the client IP.
+		if match := forRegex.FindStringSubmatch(fwd); len(match) > 1 {
+			// IPv6 addresses in Forwarded headers are quoted-strings. We strip
+			// these quotes.
+			addr = strings.Trim(match[1], `"`)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return addr
+}
+
+// getScheme retrieves the scheme from the X-Forwarded-Proto and RFC7239
+// Forwarded headers (in that order).
+func getScheme(r *http.Request) string {
+	var scheme string
+
+	// Retrieve the scheme from X-Forwarded-Proto.
+	if proto := r.Header.Get(xForwardedProto); proto != "" {
+		scheme = strings.ToLower(proto)
+	} else if proto = r.Header.Get(xForwardedScheme); proto != "" {
+		scheme = strings.ToLower(proto)
+	} else if proto = r.Header.Get(forwarded); proto != "" {
+		// match should contain at least two elements if the protocol was
+		// specified in the Forwarded header. The first element will always be
+		// the 'proto=' capture, which we ignore. In the case of multiple proto
+		// parameters (invalid) we only extract the first.
+		if match := protoRegex.FindStringSubmatch(proto); len(match) > 1 {
+			scheme = strings.ToLower(match[1])
+		}
+	}
+
+	return scheme
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/handlers/recovery.go

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+package handlers
+
+import (
+	"log"
+	"net/http"
+	"runtime/debug"
+)
+
+// RecoveryHandlerLogger is an interface used by the recovering handler to print logs.
+type RecoveryHandlerLogger interface {
+	Println(...interface{})
+}
+
+type recoveryHandler struct {
+	handler    http.Handler
+	logger     RecoveryHandlerLogger
+	printStack bool
+}
+
+// RecoveryOption provides a functional approach to define
+// configuration for a handler; such as setting the logging
+// whether or not to print strack traces on panic.
+type RecoveryOption func(http.Handler)
+
+func parseRecoveryOptions(h http.Handler, opts ...RecoveryOption) http.Handler {
+	for _, option := range opts {
+		option(h)
+	}
+
+	return h
+}
+
+// RecoveryHandler is HTTP middleware that recovers from a panic,
+// logs the panic, writes http.StatusInternalServerError, and
+// continues to the next handler.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//  r := mux.NewRouter()
+//  r.HandleFunc("/", func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+//  	panic("Unexpected error!")
+//  })
+//
+//  http.ListenAndServe(":1123", handlers.RecoveryHandler()(r))
+func RecoveryHandler(opts ...RecoveryOption) func(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return func(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+		r := &recoveryHandler{handler: h}
+		return parseRecoveryOptions(r, opts...)
+	}
+}
+
+// RecoveryLogger is a functional option to override
+// the default logger
+func RecoveryLogger(logger RecoveryHandlerLogger) RecoveryOption {
+	return func(h http.Handler) {
+		r := h.(*recoveryHandler)
+		r.logger = logger
+	}
+}
+
+// PrintRecoveryStack is a functional option to enable
+// or disable printing stack traces on panic.
+func PrintRecoveryStack(print bool) RecoveryOption {
+	return func(h http.Handler) {
+		r := h.(*recoveryHandler)
+		r.printStack = print
+	}
+}
+
+func (h recoveryHandler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+	defer func() {
+		if err := recover(); err != nil {
+			w.WriteHeader(http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			h.log(err)
+		}
+	}()
+
+	h.handler.ServeHTTP(w, req)
+}
+
+func (h recoveryHandler) log(v ...interface{}) {
+	if h.logger != nil {
+		h.logger.Println(v...)
+	} else {
+		log.Println(v...)
+	}
+
+	if h.printStack {
+		debug.PrintStack()
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+language: go
+sudo: false
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - go: 1.2
+    - go: 1.3
+    - go: 1.4
+    - go: 1.5
+    - go: 1.6
+    - go: 1.7
+    - go: 1.8
+    - go: tip
+
+install:
+  - # Skip
+
+script:
+  - go get -t -v ./...
+  - diff -u <(echo -n) <(gofmt -d .)
+  - go tool vet .
+  - go test -v -race ./...

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012 Rodrigo Moraes. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+	 * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+	 * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+	 * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+gorilla/mux
+===
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/mux?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/mux)
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/mux.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/mux)
+[![Sourcegraph](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/mux/-/badge.svg)](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/mux?badge)
+
+![Gorilla Logo](http://www.gorillatoolkit.org/static/images/gorilla-icon-64.png)
+
+http://www.gorillatoolkit.org/pkg/mux
+
+Package `gorilla/mux` implements a request router and dispatcher for matching incoming requests to
+their respective handler.
+
+The name mux stands for "HTTP request multiplexer". Like the standard `http.ServeMux`, `mux.Router` matches incoming requests against a list of registered routes and calls a handler for the route that matches the URL or other conditions. The main features are:
+
+* It implements the `http.Handler` interface so it is compatible with the standard `http.ServeMux`.
+* Requests can be matched based on URL host, path, path prefix, schemes, header and query values, HTTP methods or using custom matchers.
+* URL hosts and paths can have variables with an optional regular expression.
+* Registered URLs can be built, or "reversed", which helps maintaining references to resources.
+* Routes can be used as subrouters: nested routes are only tested if the parent route matches. This is useful to define groups of routes that share common conditions like a host, a path prefix or other repeated attributes. As a bonus, this optimizes request matching.
+
+---
+
+* [Install](#install)
+* [Examples](#examples)
+* [Matching Routes](#matching-routes)
+* [Listing Routes](#listing-routes)
+* [Static Files](#static-files)
+* [Registered URLs](#registered-urls)
+* [Full Example](#full-example)
+
+---
+
+## Install
+
+With a [correctly configured](https://golang.org/doc/install#testing) Go toolchain:
+
+```sh
+go get -u github.com/gorilla/mux
+```
+
+## Examples
+
+Let's start registering a couple of URL paths and handlers:
+
+```go
+func main() {
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	r.HandleFunc("/", HomeHandler)
+	r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler)
+	r.HandleFunc("/articles", ArticlesHandler)
+	http.Handle("/", r)
+}
+```
+
+Here we register three routes mapping URL paths to handlers. This is equivalent to how `http.HandleFunc()` works: if an incoming request URL matches one of the paths, the corresponding handler is called passing (`http.ResponseWriter`, `*http.Request`) as parameters.
+
+Paths can have variables. They are defined using the format `{name}` or `{name:pattern}`. If a regular expression pattern is not defined, the matched variable will be anything until the next slash. For example:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+r.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/", ArticlesCategoryHandler)
+r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler)
+```
+
+The names are used to create a map of route variables which can be retrieved calling `mux.Vars()`:
+
+```go
+func ArticlesCategoryHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	vars := mux.Vars(r)
+	w.WriteHeader(http.StatusOK)
+	fmt.Fprintf(w, "Category: %v\n", vars["category"])
+}
+```
+
+And this is all you need to know about the basic usage. More advanced options are explained below.
+
+### Matching Routes
+
+Routes can also be restricted to a domain or subdomain. Just define a host pattern to be matched. They can also have variables:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+// Only matches if domain is "www.example.com".
+r.Host("www.example.com")
+// Matches a dynamic subdomain.
+r.Host("{subdomain:[a-z]+}.domain.com")
+```
+
+There are several other matchers that can be added. To match path prefixes:
+
+```go
+r.PathPrefix("/products/")
+```
+
+...or HTTP methods:
+
+```go
+r.Methods("GET", "POST")
+```
+
+...or URL schemes:
+
+```go
+r.Schemes("https")
+```
+
+...or header values:
+
+```go
+r.Headers("X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+```
+
+...or query values:
+
+```go
+r.Queries("key", "value")
+```
+
+...or to use a custom matcher function:
+
+```go
+r.MatcherFunc(func(r *http.Request, rm *RouteMatch) bool {
+	return r.ProtoMajor == 0
+})
+```
+
+...and finally, it is possible to combine several matchers in a single route:
+
+```go
+r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler).
+  Host("www.example.com").
+  Methods("GET").
+  Schemes("http")
+```
+
+Setting the same matching conditions again and again can be boring, so we have a way to group several routes that share the same requirements. We call it "subrouting".
+
+For example, let's say we have several URLs that should only match when the host is `www.example.com`. Create a route for that host and get a "subrouter" from it:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+s := r.Host("www.example.com").Subrouter()
+```
+
+Then register routes in the subrouter:
+
+```go
+s.HandleFunc("/products/", ProductsHandler)
+s.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+s.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler)
+```
+
+The three URL paths we registered above will only be tested if the domain is `www.example.com`, because the subrouter is tested first. This is not only convenient, but also optimizes request matching. You can create subrouters combining any attribute matchers accepted by a route.
+
+Subrouters can be used to create domain or path "namespaces": you define subrouters in a central place and then parts of the app can register its paths relatively to a given subrouter.
+
+There's one more thing about subroutes. When a subrouter has a path prefix, the inner routes use it as base for their paths:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+s := r.PathPrefix("/products").Subrouter()
+// "/products/"
+s.HandleFunc("/", ProductsHandler)
+// "/products/{key}/"
+s.HandleFunc("/{key}/", ProductHandler)
+// "/products/{key}/details"
+s.HandleFunc("/{key}/details", ProductDetailsHandler)
+```
+
+### Listing Routes
+
+Routes on a mux can be listed using the Router.Walk method—useful for generating documentation:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+    "fmt"
+    "net/http"
+
+    "github.com/gorilla/mux"
+)
+
+func handler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+    return
+}
+
+func main() {
+    r := mux.NewRouter()
+    r.HandleFunc("/", handler)
+    r.HandleFunc("/products", handler)
+    r.HandleFunc("/articles", handler)
+    r.HandleFunc("/articles/{id}", handler)
+    r.Walk(func(route *mux.Route, router *mux.Router, ancestors []*mux.Route) error {
+        t, err := route.GetPathTemplate()
+        if err != nil {
+            return err
+        }
+        fmt.Println(t)
+        return nil
+    })
+    http.Handle("/", r)
+}
+```
+
+### Static Files
+
+Note that the path provided to `PathPrefix()` represents a "wildcard": calling
+`PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(...)` means that the handler will be passed any
+request that matches "/static/*". This makes it easy to serve static files with mux:
+
+```go
+func main() {
+	var dir string
+
+	flag.StringVar(&dir, "dir", ".", "the directory to serve files from. Defaults to the current dir")
+	flag.Parse()
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+
+	// This will serve files under http://localhost:8000/static/<filename>
+	r.PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(http.StripPrefix("/static/", http.FileServer(http.Dir(dir))))
+
+	srv := &http.Server{
+		Handler:      r,
+		Addr:         "127.0.0.1:8000",
+		// Good practice: enforce timeouts for servers you create!
+		WriteTimeout: 15 * time.Second,
+		ReadTimeout:  15 * time.Second,
+	}
+
+	log.Fatal(srv.ListenAndServe())
+}
+```
+
+### Registered URLs
+
+Now let's see how to build registered URLs.
+
+Routes can be named. All routes that define a name can have their URLs built, or "reversed". We define a name calling `Name()` on a route. For example:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+  Name("article")
+```
+
+To build a URL, get the route and call the `URL()` method, passing a sequence of key/value pairs for the route variables. For the previous route, we would do:
+
+```go
+url, err := r.Get("article").URL("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+```
+
+...and the result will be a `url.URL` with the following path:
+
+```
+"/articles/technology/42"
+```
+
+This also works for host variables:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").
+  Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+  HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+  Name("article")
+
+// url.String() will be "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+                                 "category", "technology",
+                                 "id", "42")
+```
+
+All variables defined in the route are required, and their values must conform to the corresponding patterns. These requirements guarantee that a generated URL will always match a registered route -- the only exception is for explicitly defined "build-only" routes which never match.
+
+Regex support also exists for matching Headers within a route. For example, we could do:
+
+```go
+r.HeadersRegexp("Content-Type", "application/(text|json)")
+```
+
+...and the route will match both requests with a Content-Type of `application/json` as well as `application/text`
+
+There's also a way to build only the URL host or path for a route: use the methods `URLHost()` or `URLPath()` instead. For the previous route, we would do:
+
+```go
+// "http://news.domain.com/"
+host, err := r.Get("article").URLHost("subdomain", "news")
+
+// "/articles/technology/42"
+path, err := r.Get("article").URLPath("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+```
+
+And if you use subrouters, host and path defined separately can be built as well:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+s := r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").Subrouter()
+s.Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+  HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+  Name("article")
+
+// "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+                                 "category", "technology",
+                                 "id", "42")
+```
+
+## Full Example
+
+Here's a complete, runnable example of a small `mux` based server:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"log"
+	"github.com/gorilla/mux"
+)
+
+func YourHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	w.Write([]byte("Gorilla!\n"))
+}
+
+func main() {
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	// Routes consist of a path and a handler function.
+	r.HandleFunc("/", YourHandler)
+
+	// Bind to a port and pass our router in
+	log.Fatal(http.ListenAndServe(":8000", r))
+}
+```
+
+## License
+
+BSD licensed. See the LICENSE file for details.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_gorilla.go

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+// +build !go1.7
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+
+	"github.com/gorilla/context"
+)
+
+func contextGet(r *http.Request, key interface{}) interface{} {
+	return context.Get(r, key)
+}
+
+func contextSet(r *http.Request, key, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+	if val == nil {
+		return r
+	}
+
+	context.Set(r, key, val)
+	return r
+}
+
+func contextClear(r *http.Request) {
+	context.Clear(r)
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_native.go

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+// +build go1.7
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+func contextGet(r *http.Request, key interface{}) interface{} {
+	return r.Context().Value(key)
+}
+
+func contextSet(r *http.Request, key, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+	if val == nil {
+		return r
+	}
+
+	return r.WithContext(context.WithValue(r.Context(), key, val))
+}
+
+func contextClear(r *http.Request) {
+	return
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+/*
+Package mux implements a request router and dispatcher.
+
+The name mux stands for "HTTP request multiplexer". Like the standard
+http.ServeMux, mux.Router matches incoming requests against a list of
+registered routes and calls a handler for the route that matches the URL
+or other conditions. The main features are:
+
+	* Requests can be matched based on URL host, path, path prefix, schemes,
+	  header and query values, HTTP methods or using custom matchers.
+	* URL hosts and paths can have variables with an optional regular
+	  expression.
+	* Registered URLs can be built, or "reversed", which helps maintaining
+	  references to resources.
+	* Routes can be used as subrouters: nested routes are only tested if the
+	  parent route matches. This is useful to define groups of routes that
+	  share common conditions like a host, a path prefix or other repeated
+	  attributes. As a bonus, this optimizes request matching.
+	* It implements the http.Handler interface so it is compatible with the
+	  standard http.ServeMux.
+
+Let's start registering a couple of URL paths and handlers:
+
+	func main() {
+		r := mux.NewRouter()
+		r.HandleFunc("/", HomeHandler)
+		r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler)
+		r.HandleFunc("/articles", ArticlesHandler)
+		http.Handle("/", r)
+	}
+
+Here we register three routes mapping URL paths to handlers. This is
+equivalent to how http.HandleFunc() works: if an incoming request URL matches
+one of the paths, the corresponding handler is called passing
+(http.ResponseWriter, *http.Request) as parameters.
+
+Paths can have variables. They are defined using the format {name} or
+{name:pattern}. If a regular expression pattern is not defined, the matched
+variable will be anything until the next slash. For example:
+
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	r.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+	r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/", ArticlesCategoryHandler)
+	r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler)
+
+Groups can be used inside patterns, as long as they are non-capturing (?:re). For example:
+
+	r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{sort:(?:asc|desc|new)}", ArticlesCategoryHandler)
+
+The names are used to create a map of route variables which can be retrieved
+calling mux.Vars():
+
+	vars := mux.Vars(request)
+	category := vars["category"]
+
+Note that if any capturing groups are present, mux will panic() during parsing. To prevent
+this, convert any capturing groups to non-capturing, e.g. change "/{sort:(asc|desc)}" to
+"/{sort:(?:asc|desc)}". This is a change from prior versions which behaved unpredictably
+when capturing groups were present.
+
+And this is all you need to know about the basic usage. More advanced options
+are explained below.
+
+Routes can also be restricted to a domain or subdomain. Just define a host
+pattern to be matched. They can also have variables:
+
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	// Only matches if domain is "www.example.com".
+	r.Host("www.example.com")
+	// Matches a dynamic subdomain.
+	r.Host("{subdomain:[a-z]+}.domain.com")
+
+There are several other matchers that can be added. To match path prefixes:
+
+	r.PathPrefix("/products/")
+
+...or HTTP methods:
+
+	r.Methods("GET", "POST")
+
+...or URL schemes:
+
+	r.Schemes("https")
+
+...or header values:
+
+	r.Headers("X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+
+...or query values:
+
+	r.Queries("key", "value")
+
+...or to use a custom matcher function:
+
+	r.MatcherFunc(func(r *http.Request, rm *RouteMatch) bool {
+		return r.ProtoMajor == 0
+	})
+
+...and finally, it is possible to combine several matchers in a single route:
+
+	r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler).
+	  Host("www.example.com").
+	  Methods("GET").
+	  Schemes("http")
+
+Setting the same matching conditions again and again can be boring, so we have
+a way to group several routes that share the same requirements.
+We call it "subrouting".
+
+For example, let's say we have several URLs that should only match when the
+host is "www.example.com". Create a route for that host and get a "subrouter"
+from it:
+
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	s := r.Host("www.example.com").Subrouter()
+
+Then register routes in the subrouter:
+
+	s.HandleFunc("/products/", ProductsHandler)
+	s.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+	s.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}"), ArticleHandler)
+
+The three URL paths we registered above will only be tested if the domain is
+"www.example.com", because the subrouter is tested first. This is not
+only convenient, but also optimizes request matching. You can create
+subrouters combining any attribute matchers accepted by a route.
+
+Subrouters can be used to create domain or path "namespaces": you define
+subrouters in a central place and then parts of the app can register its
+paths relatively to a given subrouter.
+
+There's one more thing about subroutes. When a subrouter has a path prefix,
+the inner routes use it as base for their paths:
+
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	s := r.PathPrefix("/products").Subrouter()
+	// "/products/"
+	s.HandleFunc("/", ProductsHandler)
+	// "/products/{key}/"
+	s.HandleFunc("/{key}/", ProductHandler)
+	// "/products/{key}/details"
+	s.HandleFunc("/{key}/details", ProductDetailsHandler)
+
+Note that the path provided to PathPrefix() represents a "wildcard": calling
+PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(...) means that the handler will be passed any
+request that matches "/static/*". This makes it easy to serve static files with mux:
+
+	func main() {
+		var dir string
+
+		flag.StringVar(&dir, "dir", ".", "the directory to serve files from. Defaults to the current dir")
+		flag.Parse()
+		r := mux.NewRouter()
+
+		// This will serve files under http://localhost:8000/static/<filename>
+		r.PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(http.StripPrefix("/static/", http.FileServer(http.Dir(dir))))
+
+		srv := &http.Server{
+			Handler:      r,
+			Addr:         "127.0.0.1:8000",
+			// Good practice: enforce timeouts for servers you create!
+			WriteTimeout: 15 * time.Second,
+			ReadTimeout:  15 * time.Second,
+		}
+
+		log.Fatal(srv.ListenAndServe())
+	}
+
+Now let's see how to build registered URLs.
+
+Routes can be named. All routes that define a name can have their URLs built,
+or "reversed". We define a name calling Name() on a route. For example:
+
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+	  Name("article")
+
+To build a URL, get the route and call the URL() method, passing a sequence of
+key/value pairs for the route variables. For the previous route, we would do:
+
+	url, err := r.Get("article").URL("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+
+...and the result will be a url.URL with the following path:
+
+	"/articles/technology/42"
+
+This also works for host variables:
+
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").
+	  Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+	  HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+	  Name("article")
+
+	// url.String() will be "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+	url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+	                                 "category", "technology",
+	                                 "id", "42")
+
+All variables defined in the route are required, and their values must
+conform to the corresponding patterns. These requirements guarantee that a
+generated URL will always match a registered route -- the only exception is
+for explicitly defined "build-only" routes which never match.
+
+Regex support also exists for matching Headers within a route. For example, we could do:
+
+	r.HeadersRegexp("Content-Type", "application/(text|json)")
+
+...and the route will match both requests with a Content-Type of `application/json` as well as
+`application/text`
+
+There's also a way to build only the URL host or path for a route:
+use the methods URLHost() or URLPath() instead. For the previous route,
+we would do:
+
+	// "http://news.domain.com/"
+	host, err := r.Get("article").URLHost("subdomain", "news")
+
+	// "/articles/technology/42"
+	path, err := r.Get("article").URLPath("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+
+And if you use subrouters, host and path defined separately can be built
+as well:
+
+	r := mux.NewRouter()
+	s := r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").Subrouter()
+	s.Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+	  HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+	  Name("article")
+
+	// "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+	url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+	                                 "category", "technology",
+	                                 "id", "42")
+*/
+package mux

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/mux.go

@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"path"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// NewRouter returns a new router instance.
+func NewRouter() *Router {
+	return &Router{namedRoutes: make(map[string]*Route), KeepContext: false}
+}
+
+// Router registers routes to be matched and dispatches a handler.
+//
+// It implements the http.Handler interface, so it can be registered to serve
+// requests:
+//
+//     var router = mux.NewRouter()
+//
+//     func main() {
+//         http.Handle("/", router)
+//     }
+//
+// Or, for Google App Engine, register it in a init() function:
+//
+//     func init() {
+//         http.Handle("/", router)
+//     }
+//
+// This will send all incoming requests to the router.
+type Router struct {
+	// Configurable Handler to be used when no route matches.
+	NotFoundHandler http.Handler
+	// Parent route, if this is a subrouter.
+	parent parentRoute
+	// Routes to be matched, in order.
+	routes []*Route
+	// Routes by name for URL building.
+	namedRoutes map[string]*Route
+	// See Router.StrictSlash(). This defines the flag for new routes.
+	strictSlash bool
+	// See Router.SkipClean(). This defines the flag for new routes.
+	skipClean bool
+	// If true, do not clear the request context after handling the request.
+	// This has no effect when go1.7+ is used, since the context is stored
+	// on the request itself.
+	KeepContext bool
+	// see Router.UseEncodedPath(). This defines a flag for all routes.
+	useEncodedPath bool
+}
+
+// Match matches registered routes against the request.
+func (r *Router) Match(req *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	for _, route := range r.routes {
+		if route.Match(req, match) {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Closest match for a router (includes sub-routers)
+	if r.NotFoundHandler != nil {
+		match.Handler = r.NotFoundHandler
+		return true
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// ServeHTTP dispatches the handler registered in the matched route.
+//
+// When there is a match, the route variables can be retrieved calling
+// mux.Vars(request).
+func (r *Router) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+	if !r.skipClean {
+		path := req.URL.Path
+		if r.useEncodedPath {
+			path = getPath(req)
+		}
+		// Clean path to canonical form and redirect.
+		if p := cleanPath(path); p != path {
+
+			// Added 3 lines (Philip Schlump) - It was dropping the query string and #whatever from query.
+			// This matches with fix in go 1.2 r.c. 4 for same problem.  Go Issue:
+			// http://code.google.com/p/go/issues/detail?id=5252
+			url := *req.URL
+			url.Path = p
+			p = url.String()
+
+			w.Header().Set("Location", p)
+			w.WriteHeader(http.StatusMovedPermanently)
+			return
+		}
+	}
+	var match RouteMatch
+	var handler http.Handler
+	if r.Match(req, &match) {
+		handler = match.Handler
+		req = setVars(req, match.Vars)
+		req = setCurrentRoute(req, match.Route)
+	}
+	if handler == nil {
+		handler = http.NotFoundHandler()
+	}
+	if !r.KeepContext {
+		defer contextClear(req)
+	}
+	handler.ServeHTTP(w, req)
+}
+
+// Get returns a route registered with the given name.
+func (r *Router) Get(name string) *Route {
+	return r.getNamedRoutes()[name]
+}
+
+// GetRoute returns a route registered with the given name. This method
+// was renamed to Get() and remains here for backwards compatibility.
+func (r *Router) GetRoute(name string) *Route {
+	return r.getNamedRoutes()[name]
+}
+
+// StrictSlash defines the trailing slash behavior for new routes. The initial
+// value is false.
+//
+// When true, if the route path is "/path/", accessing "/path" will redirect
+// to the former and vice versa. In other words, your application will always
+// see the path as specified in the route.
+//
+// When false, if the route path is "/path", accessing "/path/" will not match
+// this route and vice versa.
+//
+// Special case: when a route sets a path prefix using the PathPrefix() method,
+// strict slash is ignored for that route because the redirect behavior can't
+// be determined from a prefix alone. However, any subrouters created from that
+// route inherit the original StrictSlash setting.
+func (r *Router) StrictSlash(value bool) *Router {
+	r.strictSlash = value
+	return r
+}
+
+// SkipClean defines the path cleaning behaviour for new routes. The initial
+// value is false. Users should be careful about which routes are not cleaned
+//
+// When true, if the route path is "/path//to", it will remain with the double
+// slash. This is helpful if you have a route like: /fetch/http://xkcd.com/534/
+//
+// When false, the path will be cleaned, so /fetch/http://xkcd.com/534/ will
+// become /fetch/http/xkcd.com/534
+func (r *Router) SkipClean(value bool) *Router {
+	r.skipClean = value
+	return r
+}
+
+// UseEncodedPath tells the router to match the encoded original path
+// to the routes.
+// For eg. "/path/foo%2Fbar/to" will match the path "/path/{var}/to".
+// This behavior has the drawback of needing to match routes against
+// r.RequestURI instead of r.URL.Path. Any modifications (such as http.StripPrefix)
+// to r.URL.Path will not affect routing when this flag is on and thus may
+// induce unintended behavior.
+//
+// If not called, the router will match the unencoded path to the routes.
+// For eg. "/path/foo%2Fbar/to" will match the path "/path/foo/bar/to"
+func (r *Router) UseEncodedPath() *Router {
+	r.useEncodedPath = true
+	return r
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// parentRoute
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// getNamedRoutes returns the map where named routes are registered.
+func (r *Router) getNamedRoutes() map[string]*Route {
+	if r.namedRoutes == nil {
+		if r.parent != nil {
+			r.namedRoutes = r.parent.getNamedRoutes()
+		} else {
+			r.namedRoutes = make(map[string]*Route)
+		}
+	}
+	return r.namedRoutes
+}
+
+// getRegexpGroup returns regexp definitions from the parent route, if any.
+func (r *Router) getRegexpGroup() *routeRegexpGroup {
+	if r.parent != nil {
+		return r.parent.getRegexpGroup()
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (r *Router) buildVars(m map[string]string) map[string]string {
+	if r.parent != nil {
+		m = r.parent.buildVars(m)
+	}
+	return m
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Route factories
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// NewRoute registers an empty route.
+func (r *Router) NewRoute() *Route {
+	route := &Route{parent: r, strictSlash: r.strictSlash, skipClean: r.skipClean, useEncodedPath: r.useEncodedPath}
+	r.routes = append(r.routes, route)
+	return route
+}
+
+// Handle registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path.
+// See Route.Path() and Route.Handler().
+func (r *Router) Handle(path string, handler http.Handler) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Path(path).Handler(handler)
+}
+
+// HandleFunc registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path.
+// See Route.Path() and Route.HandlerFunc().
+func (r *Router) HandleFunc(path string, f func(http.ResponseWriter,
+	*http.Request)) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Path(path).HandlerFunc(f)
+}
+
+// Headers registers a new route with a matcher for request header values.
+// See Route.Headers().
+func (r *Router) Headers(pairs ...string) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Headers(pairs...)
+}
+
+// Host registers a new route with a matcher for the URL host.
+// See Route.Host().
+func (r *Router) Host(tpl string) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Host(tpl)
+}
+
+// MatcherFunc registers a new route with a custom matcher function.
+// See Route.MatcherFunc().
+func (r *Router) MatcherFunc(f MatcherFunc) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().MatcherFunc(f)
+}
+
+// Methods registers a new route with a matcher for HTTP methods.
+// See Route.Methods().
+func (r *Router) Methods(methods ...string) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Methods(methods...)
+}
+
+// Path registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path.
+// See Route.Path().
+func (r *Router) Path(tpl string) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Path(tpl)
+}
+
+// PathPrefix registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path prefix.
+// See Route.PathPrefix().
+func (r *Router) PathPrefix(tpl string) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().PathPrefix(tpl)
+}
+
+// Queries registers a new route with a matcher for URL query values.
+// See Route.Queries().
+func (r *Router) Queries(pairs ...string) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Queries(pairs...)
+}
+
+// Schemes registers a new route with a matcher for URL schemes.
+// See Route.Schemes().
+func (r *Router) Schemes(schemes ...string) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().Schemes(schemes...)
+}
+
+// BuildVarsFunc registers a new route with a custom function for modifying
+// route variables before building a URL.
+func (r *Router) BuildVarsFunc(f BuildVarsFunc) *Route {
+	return r.NewRoute().BuildVarsFunc(f)
+}
+
+// Walk walks the router and all its sub-routers, calling walkFn for each route
+// in the tree. The routes are walked in the order they were added. Sub-routers
+// are explored depth-first.
+func (r *Router) Walk(walkFn WalkFunc) error {
+	return r.walk(walkFn, []*Route{})
+}
+
+// SkipRouter is used as a return value from WalkFuncs to indicate that the
+// router that walk is about to descend down to should be skipped.
+var SkipRouter = errors.New("skip this router")
+
+// WalkFunc is the type of the function called for each route visited by Walk.
+// At every invocation, it is given the current route, and the current router,
+// and a list of ancestor routes that lead to the current route.
+type WalkFunc func(route *Route, router *Router, ancestors []*Route) error
+
+func (r *Router) walk(walkFn WalkFunc, ancestors []*Route) error {
+	for _, t := range r.routes {
+		if t.regexp == nil || t.regexp.path == nil || t.regexp.path.template == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		err := walkFn(t, r, ancestors)
+		if err == SkipRouter {
+			continue
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		for _, sr := range t.matchers {
+			if h, ok := sr.(*Router); ok {
+				err := h.walk(walkFn, ancestors)
+				if err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if h, ok := t.handler.(*Router); ok {
+			ancestors = append(ancestors, t)
+			err := h.walk(walkFn, ancestors)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			ancestors = ancestors[:len(ancestors)-1]
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Context
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// RouteMatch stores information about a matched route.
+type RouteMatch struct {
+	Route   *Route
+	Handler http.Handler
+	Vars    map[string]string
+}
+
+type contextKey int
+
+const (
+	varsKey contextKey = iota
+	routeKey
+)
+
+// Vars returns the route variables for the current request, if any.
+func Vars(r *http.Request) map[string]string {
+	if rv := contextGet(r, varsKey); rv != nil {
+		return rv.(map[string]string)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CurrentRoute returns the matched route for the current request, if any.
+// This only works when called inside the handler of the matched route
+// because the matched route is stored in the request context which is cleared
+// after the handler returns, unless the KeepContext option is set on the
+// Router.
+func CurrentRoute(r *http.Request) *Route {
+	if rv := contextGet(r, routeKey); rv != nil {
+		return rv.(*Route)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func setVars(r *http.Request, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+	return contextSet(r, varsKey, val)
+}
+
+func setCurrentRoute(r *http.Request, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+	return contextSet(r, routeKey, val)
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// getPath returns the escaped path if possible; doing what URL.EscapedPath()
+// which was added in go1.5 does
+func getPath(req *http.Request) string {
+	if req.RequestURI != "" {
+		// Extract the path from RequestURI (which is escaped unlike URL.Path)
+		// as detailed here as detailed in https://golang.org/pkg/net/url/#URL
+		// for < 1.5 server side workaround
+		// http://localhost/path/here?v=1 -> /path/here
+		path := req.RequestURI
+		path = strings.TrimPrefix(path, req.URL.Scheme+`://`)
+		path = strings.TrimPrefix(path, req.URL.Host)
+		if i := strings.LastIndex(path, "?"); i > -1 {
+			path = path[:i]
+		}
+		if i := strings.LastIndex(path, "#"); i > -1 {
+			path = path[:i]
+		}
+		return path
+	}
+	return req.URL.Path
+}
+
+// cleanPath returns the canonical path for p, eliminating . and .. elements.
+// Borrowed from the net/http package.
+func cleanPath(p string) string {
+	if p == "" {
+		return "/"
+	}
+	if p[0] != '/' {
+		p = "/" + p
+	}
+	np := path.Clean(p)
+	// path.Clean removes trailing slash except for root;
+	// put the trailing slash back if necessary.
+	if p[len(p)-1] == '/' && np != "/" {
+		np += "/"
+	}
+
+	return np
+}
+
+// uniqueVars returns an error if two slices contain duplicated strings.
+func uniqueVars(s1, s2 []string) error {
+	for _, v1 := range s1 {
+		for _, v2 := range s2 {
+			if v1 == v2 {
+				return fmt.Errorf("mux: duplicated route variable %q", v2)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// checkPairs returns the count of strings passed in, and an error if
+// the count is not an even number.
+func checkPairs(pairs ...string) (int, error) {
+	length := len(pairs)
+	if length%2 != 0 {
+		return length, fmt.Errorf(
+			"mux: number of parameters must be multiple of 2, got %v", pairs)
+	}
+	return length, nil
+}
+
+// mapFromPairsToString converts variadic string parameters to a
+// string to string map.
+func mapFromPairsToString(pairs ...string) (map[string]string, error) {
+	length, err := checkPairs(pairs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	m := make(map[string]string, length/2)
+	for i := 0; i < length; i += 2 {
+		m[pairs[i]] = pairs[i+1]
+	}
+	return m, nil
+}
+
+// mapFromPairsToRegex converts variadic string paramers to a
+// string to regex map.
+func mapFromPairsToRegex(pairs ...string) (map[string]*regexp.Regexp, error) {
+	length, err := checkPairs(pairs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	m := make(map[string]*regexp.Regexp, length/2)
+	for i := 0; i < length; i += 2 {
+		regex, err := regexp.Compile(pairs[i+1])
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		m[pairs[i]] = regex
+	}
+	return m, nil
+}
+
+// matchInArray returns true if the given string value is in the array.
+func matchInArray(arr []string, value string) bool {
+	for _, v := range arr {
+		if v == value {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// matchMapWithString returns true if the given key/value pairs exist in a given map.
+func matchMapWithString(toCheck map[string]string, toMatch map[string][]string, canonicalKey bool) bool {
+	for k, v := range toCheck {
+		// Check if key exists.
+		if canonicalKey {
+			k = http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k)
+		}
+		if values := toMatch[k]; values == nil {
+			return false
+		} else if v != "" {
+			// If value was defined as an empty string we only check that the
+			// key exists. Otherwise we also check for equality.
+			valueExists := false
+			for _, value := range values {
+				if v == value {
+					valueExists = true
+					break
+				}
+			}
+			if !valueExists {
+				return false
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// matchMapWithRegex returns true if the given key/value pairs exist in a given map compiled against
+// the given regex
+func matchMapWithRegex(toCheck map[string]*regexp.Regexp, toMatch map[string][]string, canonicalKey bool) bool {
+	for k, v := range toCheck {
+		// Check if key exists.
+		if canonicalKey {
+			k = http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k)
+		}
+		if values := toMatch[k]; values == nil {
+			return false
+		} else if v != nil {
+			// If value was defined as an empty string we only check that the
+			// key exists. Otherwise we also check for equality.
+			valueExists := false
+			for _, value := range values {
+				if v.MatchString(value) {
+					valueExists = true
+					break
+				}
+			}
+			if !valueExists {
+				return false
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return true
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/regexp.go

@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"regexp"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// newRouteRegexp parses a route template and returns a routeRegexp,
+// used to match a host, a path or a query string.
+//
+// It will extract named variables, assemble a regexp to be matched, create
+// a "reverse" template to build URLs and compile regexps to validate variable
+// values used in URL building.
+//
+// Previously we accepted only Python-like identifiers for variable
+// names ([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*), but currently the only restriction is that
+// name and pattern can't be empty, and names can't contain a colon.
+func newRouteRegexp(tpl string, matchHost, matchPrefix, matchQuery, strictSlash, useEncodedPath bool) (*routeRegexp, error) {
+	// Check if it is well-formed.
+	idxs, errBraces := braceIndices(tpl)
+	if errBraces != nil {
+		return nil, errBraces
+	}
+	// Backup the original.
+	template := tpl
+	// Now let's parse it.
+	defaultPattern := "[^/]+"
+	if matchQuery {
+		defaultPattern = "[^?&]*"
+	} else if matchHost {
+		defaultPattern = "[^.]+"
+		matchPrefix = false
+	}
+	// Only match strict slash if not matching
+	if matchPrefix || matchHost || matchQuery {
+		strictSlash = false
+	}
+	// Set a flag for strictSlash.
+	endSlash := false
+	if strictSlash && strings.HasSuffix(tpl, "/") {
+		tpl = tpl[:len(tpl)-1]
+		endSlash = true
+	}
+	varsN := make([]string, len(idxs)/2)
+	varsR := make([]*regexp.Regexp, len(idxs)/2)
+	pattern := bytes.NewBufferString("")
+	pattern.WriteByte('^')
+	reverse := bytes.NewBufferString("")
+	var end int
+	var err error
+	for i := 0; i < len(idxs); i += 2 {
+		// Set all values we are interested in.
+		raw := tpl[end:idxs[i]]
+		end = idxs[i+1]
+		parts := strings.SplitN(tpl[idxs[i]+1:end-1], ":", 2)
+		name := parts[0]
+		patt := defaultPattern
+		if len(parts) == 2 {
+			patt = parts[1]
+		}
+		// Name or pattern can't be empty.
+		if name == "" || patt == "" {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("mux: missing name or pattern in %q",
+				tpl[idxs[i]:end])
+		}
+		// Build the regexp pattern.
+		fmt.Fprintf(pattern, "%s(?P<%s>%s)", regexp.QuoteMeta(raw), varGroupName(i/2), patt)
+
+		// Build the reverse template.
+		fmt.Fprintf(reverse, "%s%%s", raw)
+
+		// Append variable name and compiled pattern.
+		varsN[i/2] = name
+		varsR[i/2], err = regexp.Compile(fmt.Sprintf("^%s$", patt))
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	// Add the remaining.
+	raw := tpl[end:]
+	pattern.WriteString(regexp.QuoteMeta(raw))
+	if strictSlash {
+		pattern.WriteString("[/]?")
+	}
+	if matchQuery {
+		// Add the default pattern if the query value is empty
+		if queryVal := strings.SplitN(template, "=", 2)[1]; queryVal == "" {
+			pattern.WriteString(defaultPattern)
+		}
+	}
+	if !matchPrefix {
+		pattern.WriteByte('$')
+	}
+	reverse.WriteString(raw)
+	if endSlash {
+		reverse.WriteByte('/')
+	}
+	// Compile full regexp.
+	reg, errCompile := regexp.Compile(pattern.String())
+	if errCompile != nil {
+		return nil, errCompile
+	}
+
+	// Check for capturing groups which used to work in older versions
+	if reg.NumSubexp() != len(idxs)/2 {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("route %s contains capture groups in its regexp. ", template) +
+			"Only non-capturing groups are accepted: e.g. (?:pattern) instead of (pattern)")
+	}
+
+	// Done!
+	return &routeRegexp{
+		template:       template,
+		matchHost:      matchHost,
+		matchQuery:     matchQuery,
+		strictSlash:    strictSlash,
+		useEncodedPath: useEncodedPath,
+		regexp:         reg,
+		reverse:        reverse.String(),
+		varsN:          varsN,
+		varsR:          varsR,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// routeRegexp stores a regexp to match a host or path and information to
+// collect and validate route variables.
+type routeRegexp struct {
+	// The unmodified template.
+	template string
+	// True for host match, false for path or query string match.
+	matchHost bool
+	// True for query string match, false for path and host match.
+	matchQuery bool
+	// The strictSlash value defined on the route, but disabled if PathPrefix was used.
+	strictSlash bool
+	// Determines whether to use encoded path from getPath function or unencoded
+	// req.URL.Path for path matching
+	useEncodedPath bool
+	// Expanded regexp.
+	regexp *regexp.Regexp
+	// Reverse template.
+	reverse string
+	// Variable names.
+	varsN []string
+	// Variable regexps (validators).
+	varsR []*regexp.Regexp
+}
+
+// Match matches the regexp against the URL host or path.
+func (r *routeRegexp) Match(req *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	if !r.matchHost {
+		if r.matchQuery {
+			return r.matchQueryString(req)
+		}
+		path := req.URL.Path
+		if r.useEncodedPath {
+			path = getPath(req)
+		}
+		return r.regexp.MatchString(path)
+	}
+
+	return r.regexp.MatchString(getHost(req))
+}
+
+// url builds a URL part using the given values.
+func (r *routeRegexp) url(values map[string]string) (string, error) {
+	urlValues := make([]interface{}, len(r.varsN))
+	for k, v := range r.varsN {
+		value, ok := values[v]
+		if !ok {
+			return "", fmt.Errorf("mux: missing route variable %q", v)
+		}
+		urlValues[k] = value
+	}
+	rv := fmt.Sprintf(r.reverse, urlValues...)
+	if !r.regexp.MatchString(rv) {
+		// The URL is checked against the full regexp, instead of checking
+		// individual variables. This is faster but to provide a good error
+		// message, we check individual regexps if the URL doesn't match.
+		for k, v := range r.varsN {
+			if !r.varsR[k].MatchString(values[v]) {
+				return "", fmt.Errorf(
+					"mux: variable %q doesn't match, expected %q", values[v],
+					r.varsR[k].String())
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return rv, nil
+}
+
+// getURLQuery returns a single query parameter from a request URL.
+// For a URL with foo=bar&baz=ding, we return only the relevant key
+// value pair for the routeRegexp.
+func (r *routeRegexp) getURLQuery(req *http.Request) string {
+	if !r.matchQuery {
+		return ""
+	}
+	templateKey := strings.SplitN(r.template, "=", 2)[0]
+	for key, vals := range req.URL.Query() {
+		if key == templateKey && len(vals) > 0 {
+			return key + "=" + vals[0]
+		}
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+func (r *routeRegexp) matchQueryString(req *http.Request) bool {
+	return r.regexp.MatchString(r.getURLQuery(req))
+}
+
+// braceIndices returns the first level curly brace indices from a string.
+// It returns an error in case of unbalanced braces.
+func braceIndices(s string) ([]int, error) {
+	var level, idx int
+	var idxs []int
+	for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
+		switch s[i] {
+		case '{':
+			if level++; level == 1 {
+				idx = i
+			}
+		case '}':
+			if level--; level == 0 {
+				idxs = append(idxs, idx, i+1)
+			} else if level < 0 {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("mux: unbalanced braces in %q", s)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if level != 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("mux: unbalanced braces in %q", s)
+	}
+	return idxs, nil
+}
+
+// varGroupName builds a capturing group name for the indexed variable.
+func varGroupName(idx int) string {
+	return "v" + strconv.Itoa(idx)
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// routeRegexpGroup
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// routeRegexpGroup groups the route matchers that carry variables.
+type routeRegexpGroup struct {
+	host    *routeRegexp
+	path    *routeRegexp
+	queries []*routeRegexp
+}
+
+// setMatch extracts the variables from the URL once a route matches.
+func (v *routeRegexpGroup) setMatch(req *http.Request, m *RouteMatch, r *Route) {
+	// Store host variables.
+	if v.host != nil {
+		host := getHost(req)
+		matches := v.host.regexp.FindStringSubmatchIndex(host)
+		if len(matches) > 0 {
+			extractVars(host, matches, v.host.varsN, m.Vars)
+		}
+	}
+	path := req.URL.Path
+	if r.useEncodedPath {
+		path = getPath(req)
+	}
+	// Store path variables.
+	if v.path != nil {
+		matches := v.path.regexp.FindStringSubmatchIndex(path)
+		if len(matches) > 0 {
+			extractVars(path, matches, v.path.varsN, m.Vars)
+			// Check if we should redirect.
+			if v.path.strictSlash {
+				p1 := strings.HasSuffix(path, "/")
+				p2 := strings.HasSuffix(v.path.template, "/")
+				if p1 != p2 {
+					u, _ := url.Parse(req.URL.String())
+					if p1 {
+						u.Path = u.Path[:len(u.Path)-1]
+					} else {
+						u.Path += "/"
+					}
+					m.Handler = http.RedirectHandler(u.String(), 301)
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	// Store query string variables.
+	for _, q := range v.queries {
+		queryURL := q.getURLQuery(req)
+		matches := q.regexp.FindStringSubmatchIndex(queryURL)
+		if len(matches) > 0 {
+			extractVars(queryURL, matches, q.varsN, m.Vars)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// getHost tries its best to return the request host.
+func getHost(r *http.Request) string {
+	if r.URL.IsAbs() {
+		return r.URL.Host
+	}
+	host := r.Host
+	// Slice off any port information.
+	if i := strings.Index(host, ":"); i != -1 {
+		host = host[:i]
+	}
+	return host
+
+}
+
+func extractVars(input string, matches []int, names []string, output map[string]string) {
+	for i, name := range names {
+		output[name] = input[matches[2*i+2]:matches[2*i+3]]
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/route.go

@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Route stores information to match a request and build URLs.
+type Route struct {
+	// Parent where the route was registered (a Router).
+	parent parentRoute
+	// Request handler for the route.
+	handler http.Handler
+	// List of matchers.
+	matchers []matcher
+	// Manager for the variables from host and path.
+	regexp *routeRegexpGroup
+	// If true, when the path pattern is "/path/", accessing "/path" will
+	// redirect to the former and vice versa.
+	strictSlash bool
+	// If true, when the path pattern is "/path//to", accessing "/path//to"
+	// will not redirect
+	skipClean bool
+	// If true, "/path/foo%2Fbar/to" will match the path "/path/{var}/to"
+	useEncodedPath bool
+	// If true, this route never matches: it is only used to build URLs.
+	buildOnly bool
+	// The name used to build URLs.
+	name string
+	// Error resulted from building a route.
+	err error
+
+	buildVarsFunc BuildVarsFunc
+}
+
+func (r *Route) SkipClean() bool {
+	return r.skipClean
+}
+
+// Match matches the route against the request.
+func (r *Route) Match(req *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	if r.buildOnly || r.err != nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	// Match everything.
+	for _, m := range r.matchers {
+		if matched := m.Match(req, match); !matched {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+	// Yay, we have a match. Let's collect some info about it.
+	if match.Route == nil {
+		match.Route = r
+	}
+	if match.Handler == nil {
+		match.Handler = r.handler
+	}
+	if match.Vars == nil {
+		match.Vars = make(map[string]string)
+	}
+	// Set variables.
+	if r.regexp != nil {
+		r.regexp.setMatch(req, match, r)
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Route attributes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// GetError returns an error resulted from building the route, if any.
+func (r *Route) GetError() error {
+	return r.err
+}
+
+// BuildOnly sets the route to never match: it is only used to build URLs.
+func (r *Route) BuildOnly() *Route {
+	r.buildOnly = true
+	return r
+}
+
+// Handler --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Handler sets a handler for the route.
+func (r *Route) Handler(handler http.Handler) *Route {
+	if r.err == nil {
+		r.handler = handler
+	}
+	return r
+}
+
+// HandlerFunc sets a handler function for the route.
+func (r *Route) HandlerFunc(f func(http.ResponseWriter, *http.Request)) *Route {
+	return r.Handler(http.HandlerFunc(f))
+}
+
+// GetHandler returns the handler for the route, if any.
+func (r *Route) GetHandler() http.Handler {
+	return r.handler
+}
+
+// Name -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Name sets the name for the route, used to build URLs.
+// If the name was registered already it will be overwritten.
+func (r *Route) Name(name string) *Route {
+	if r.name != "" {
+		r.err = fmt.Errorf("mux: route already has name %q, can't set %q",
+			r.name, name)
+	}
+	if r.err == nil {
+		r.name = name
+		r.getNamedRoutes()[name] = r
+	}
+	return r
+}
+
+// GetName returns the name for the route, if any.
+func (r *Route) GetName() string {
+	return r.name
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Matchers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// matcher types try to match a request.
+type matcher interface {
+	Match(*http.Request, *RouteMatch) bool
+}
+
+// addMatcher adds a matcher to the route.
+func (r *Route) addMatcher(m matcher) *Route {
+	if r.err == nil {
+		r.matchers = append(r.matchers, m)
+	}
+	return r
+}
+
+// addRegexpMatcher adds a host or path matcher and builder to a route.
+func (r *Route) addRegexpMatcher(tpl string, matchHost, matchPrefix, matchQuery bool) error {
+	if r.err != nil {
+		return r.err
+	}
+	r.regexp = r.getRegexpGroup()
+	if !matchHost && !matchQuery {
+		if len(tpl) > 0 && tpl[0] != '/' {
+			return fmt.Errorf("mux: path must start with a slash, got %q", tpl)
+		}
+		if r.regexp.path != nil {
+			tpl = strings.TrimRight(r.regexp.path.template, "/") + tpl
+		}
+	}
+	rr, err := newRouteRegexp(tpl, matchHost, matchPrefix, matchQuery, r.strictSlash, r.useEncodedPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	for _, q := range r.regexp.queries {
+		if err = uniqueVars(rr.varsN, q.varsN); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	if matchHost {
+		if r.regexp.path != nil {
+			if err = uniqueVars(rr.varsN, r.regexp.path.varsN); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+		r.regexp.host = rr
+	} else {
+		if r.regexp.host != nil {
+			if err = uniqueVars(rr.varsN, r.regexp.host.varsN); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+		if matchQuery {
+			r.regexp.queries = append(r.regexp.queries, rr)
+		} else {
+			r.regexp.path = rr
+		}
+	}
+	r.addMatcher(rr)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Headers --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// headerMatcher matches the request against header values.
+type headerMatcher map[string]string
+
+func (m headerMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	return matchMapWithString(m, r.Header, true)
+}
+
+// Headers adds a matcher for request header values.
+// It accepts a sequence of key/value pairs to be matched. For example:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     r.Headers("Content-Type", "application/json",
+//               "X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+//
+// The above route will only match if both request header values match.
+// If the value is an empty string, it will match any value if the key is set.
+func (r *Route) Headers(pairs ...string) *Route {
+	if r.err == nil {
+		var headers map[string]string
+		headers, r.err = mapFromPairsToString(pairs...)
+		return r.addMatcher(headerMatcher(headers))
+	}
+	return r
+}
+
+// headerRegexMatcher matches the request against the route given a regex for the header
+type headerRegexMatcher map[string]*regexp.Regexp
+
+func (m headerRegexMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	return matchMapWithRegex(m, r.Header, true)
+}
+
+// HeadersRegexp accepts a sequence of key/value pairs, where the value has regex
+// support. For example:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     r.HeadersRegexp("Content-Type", "application/(text|json)",
+//               "X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+//
+// The above route will only match if both the request header matches both regular expressions.
+// It the value is an empty string, it will match any value if the key is set.
+func (r *Route) HeadersRegexp(pairs ...string) *Route {
+	if r.err == nil {
+		var headers map[string]*regexp.Regexp
+		headers, r.err = mapFromPairsToRegex(pairs...)
+		return r.addMatcher(headerRegexMatcher(headers))
+	}
+	return r
+}
+
+// Host -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Host adds a matcher for the URL host.
+// It accepts a template with zero or more URL variables enclosed by {}.
+// Variables can define an optional regexp pattern to be matched:
+//
+// - {name} matches anything until the next dot.
+//
+// - {name:pattern} matches the given regexp pattern.
+//
+// For example:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     r.Host("www.example.com")
+//     r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com")
+//     r.Host("{subdomain:[a-z]+}.domain.com")
+//
+// Variable names must be unique in a given route. They can be retrieved
+// calling mux.Vars(request).
+func (r *Route) Host(tpl string) *Route {
+	r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(tpl, true, false, false)
+	return r
+}
+
+// MatcherFunc ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// MatcherFunc is the function signature used by custom matchers.
+type MatcherFunc func(*http.Request, *RouteMatch) bool
+
+// Match returns the match for a given request.
+func (m MatcherFunc) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	return m(r, match)
+}
+
+// MatcherFunc adds a custom function to be used as request matcher.
+func (r *Route) MatcherFunc(f MatcherFunc) *Route {
+	return r.addMatcher(f)
+}
+
+// Methods --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// methodMatcher matches the request against HTTP methods.
+type methodMatcher []string
+
+func (m methodMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	return matchInArray(m, r.Method)
+}
+
+// Methods adds a matcher for HTTP methods.
+// It accepts a sequence of one or more methods to be matched, e.g.:
+// "GET", "POST", "PUT".
+func (r *Route) Methods(methods ...string) *Route {
+	for k, v := range methods {
+		methods[k] = strings.ToUpper(v)
+	}
+	return r.addMatcher(methodMatcher(methods))
+}
+
+// Path -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Path adds a matcher for the URL path.
+// It accepts a template with zero or more URL variables enclosed by {}. The
+// template must start with a "/".
+// Variables can define an optional regexp pattern to be matched:
+//
+// - {name} matches anything until the next slash.
+//
+// - {name:pattern} matches the given regexp pattern.
+//
+// For example:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     r.Path("/products/").Handler(ProductsHandler)
+//     r.Path("/products/{key}").Handler(ProductsHandler)
+//     r.Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+//       Handler(ArticleHandler)
+//
+// Variable names must be unique in a given route. They can be retrieved
+// calling mux.Vars(request).
+func (r *Route) Path(tpl string) *Route {
+	r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(tpl, false, false, false)
+	return r
+}
+
+// PathPrefix -----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// PathPrefix adds a matcher for the URL path prefix. This matches if the given
+// template is a prefix of the full URL path. See Route.Path() for details on
+// the tpl argument.
+//
+// Note that it does not treat slashes specially ("/foobar/" will be matched by
+// the prefix "/foo") so you may want to use a trailing slash here.
+//
+// Also note that the setting of Router.StrictSlash() has no effect on routes
+// with a PathPrefix matcher.
+func (r *Route) PathPrefix(tpl string) *Route {
+	r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(tpl, false, true, false)
+	return r
+}
+
+// Query ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Queries adds a matcher for URL query values.
+// It accepts a sequence of key/value pairs. Values may define variables.
+// For example:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     r.Queries("foo", "bar", "id", "{id:[0-9]+}")
+//
+// The above route will only match if the URL contains the defined queries
+// values, e.g.: ?foo=bar&id=42.
+//
+// It the value is an empty string, it will match any value if the key is set.
+//
+// Variables can define an optional regexp pattern to be matched:
+//
+// - {name} matches anything until the next slash.
+//
+// - {name:pattern} matches the given regexp pattern.
+func (r *Route) Queries(pairs ...string) *Route {
+	length := len(pairs)
+	if length%2 != 0 {
+		r.err = fmt.Errorf(
+			"mux: number of parameters must be multiple of 2, got %v", pairs)
+		return nil
+	}
+	for i := 0; i < length; i += 2 {
+		if r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(pairs[i]+"="+pairs[i+1], false, false, true); r.err != nil {
+			return r
+		}
+	}
+
+	return r
+}
+
+// Schemes --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// schemeMatcher matches the request against URL schemes.
+type schemeMatcher []string
+
+func (m schemeMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+	return matchInArray(m, r.URL.Scheme)
+}
+
+// Schemes adds a matcher for URL schemes.
+// It accepts a sequence of schemes to be matched, e.g.: "http", "https".
+func (r *Route) Schemes(schemes ...string) *Route {
+	for k, v := range schemes {
+		schemes[k] = strings.ToLower(v)
+	}
+	return r.addMatcher(schemeMatcher(schemes))
+}
+
+// BuildVarsFunc --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// BuildVarsFunc is the function signature used by custom build variable
+// functions (which can modify route variables before a route's URL is built).
+type BuildVarsFunc func(map[string]string) map[string]string
+
+// BuildVarsFunc adds a custom function to be used to modify build variables
+// before a route's URL is built.
+func (r *Route) BuildVarsFunc(f BuildVarsFunc) *Route {
+	r.buildVarsFunc = f
+	return r
+}
+
+// Subrouter ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Subrouter creates a subrouter for the route.
+//
+// It will test the inner routes only if the parent route matched. For example:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     s := r.Host("www.example.com").Subrouter()
+//     s.HandleFunc("/products/", ProductsHandler)
+//     s.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+//     s.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}"), ArticleHandler)
+//
+// Here, the routes registered in the subrouter won't be tested if the host
+// doesn't match.
+func (r *Route) Subrouter() *Router {
+	router := &Router{parent: r, strictSlash: r.strictSlash}
+	r.addMatcher(router)
+	return router
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// URL building
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// URL builds a URL for the route.
+//
+// It accepts a sequence of key/value pairs for the route variables. For
+// example, given this route:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+//       Name("article")
+//
+// ...a URL for it can be built using:
+//
+//     url, err := r.Get("article").URL("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+//
+// ...which will return an url.URL with the following path:
+//
+//     "/articles/technology/42"
+//
+// This also works for host variables:
+//
+//     r := mux.NewRouter()
+//     r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").
+//       HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+//       Name("article")
+//
+//     // url.String() will be "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+//     url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+//                                      "category", "technology",
+//                                      "id", "42")
+//
+// All variables defined in the route are required, and their values must
+// conform to the corresponding patterns.
+func (r *Route) URL(pairs ...string) (*url.URL, error) {
+	if r.err != nil {
+		return nil, r.err
+	}
+	if r.regexp == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a host or path")
+	}
+	values, err := r.prepareVars(pairs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var scheme, host, path string
+	if r.regexp.host != nil {
+		// Set a default scheme.
+		scheme = "http"
+		if host, err = r.regexp.host.url(values); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	if r.regexp.path != nil {
+		if path, err = r.regexp.path.url(values); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	return &url.URL{
+		Scheme: scheme,
+		Host:   host,
+		Path:   path,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// URLHost builds the host part of the URL for a route. See Route.URL().
+//
+// The route must have a host defined.
+func (r *Route) URLHost(pairs ...string) (*url.URL, error) {
+	if r.err != nil {
+		return nil, r.err
+	}
+	if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.host == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a host")
+	}
+	values, err := r.prepareVars(pairs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	host, err := r.regexp.host.url(values)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &url.URL{
+		Scheme: "http",
+		Host:   host,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// URLPath builds the path part of the URL for a route. See Route.URL().
+//
+// The route must have a path defined.
+func (r *Route) URLPath(pairs ...string) (*url.URL, error) {
+	if r.err != nil {
+		return nil, r.err
+	}
+	if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.path == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a path")
+	}
+	values, err := r.prepareVars(pairs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	path, err := r.regexp.path.url(values)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &url.URL{
+		Path: path,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// GetPathTemplate returns the template used to build the
+// route match.
+// This is useful for building simple REST API documentation and for instrumentation
+// against third-party services.
+// An error will be returned if the route does not define a path.
+func (r *Route) GetPathTemplate() (string, error) {
+	if r.err != nil {
+		return "", r.err
+	}
+	if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.path == nil {
+		return "", errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a path")
+	}
+	return r.regexp.path.template, nil
+}
+
+// GetHostTemplate returns the template used to build the
+// route match.
+// This is useful for building simple REST API documentation and for instrumentation
+// against third-party services.
+// An error will be returned if the route does not define a host.
+func (r *Route) GetHostTemplate() (string, error) {
+	if r.err != nil {
+		return "", r.err
+	}
+	if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.host == nil {
+		return "", errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a host")
+	}
+	return r.regexp.host.template, nil
+}
+
+// prepareVars converts the route variable pairs into a map. If the route has a
+// BuildVarsFunc, it is invoked.
+func (r *Route) prepareVars(pairs ...string) (map[string]string, error) {
+	m, err := mapFromPairsToString(pairs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return r.buildVars(m), nil
+}
+
+func (r *Route) buildVars(m map[string]string) map[string]string {
+	if r.parent != nil {
+		m = r.parent.buildVars(m)
+	}
+	if r.buildVarsFunc != nil {
+		m = r.buildVarsFunc(m)
+	}
+	return m
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// parentRoute
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// parentRoute allows routes to know about parent host and path definitions.
+type parentRoute interface {
+	getNamedRoutes() map[string]*Route
+	getRegexpGroup() *routeRegexpGroup
+	buildVars(map[string]string) map[string]string
+}
+
+// getNamedRoutes returns the map where named routes are registered.
+func (r *Route) getNamedRoutes() map[string]*Route {
+	if r.parent == nil {
+		// During tests router is not always set.
+		r.parent = NewRouter()
+	}
+	return r.parent.getNamedRoutes()
+}
+
+// getRegexpGroup returns regexp definitions from this route.
+func (r *Route) getRegexpGroup() *routeRegexpGroup {
+	if r.regexp == nil {
+		if r.parent == nil {
+			// During tests router is not always set.
+			r.parent = NewRouter()
+		}
+		regexp := r.parent.getRegexpGroup()
+		if regexp == nil {
+			r.regexp = new(routeRegexpGroup)
+		} else {
+			// Copy.
+			r.regexp = &routeRegexpGroup{
+				host:    regexp.host,
+				path:    regexp.path,
+				queries: regexp.queries,
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return r.regexp
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/securecookie/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+language: go
+sudo: false
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - go: 1.3
+    - go: 1.4
+    - go: 1.5
+    - go: 1.6
+    - go: 1.7
+    - go: tip
+  allow_failures:
+    - go: tip
+
+script:
+  - go get -t -v ./...
+  - diff -u <(echo -n) <(gofmt -d .)
+  - go vet $(go list ./... | grep -v /vendor/)
+  - go test -v -race ./...

vendor/github.com/gorilla/securecookie/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012 Rodrigo Moraes. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+	 * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+	 * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+	 * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/securecookie/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+securecookie
+============
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/securecookie?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/securecookie) [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/securecookie.png?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/securecookie)
+[![Sourcegraph](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/securecookie/-/badge.svg)](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/securecookie?badge)
+
+
+securecookie encodes and decodes authenticated and optionally encrypted 
+cookie values.
+
+Secure cookies can't be forged, because their values are validated using HMAC.
+When encrypted, the content is also inaccessible to malicious eyes. It is still
+recommended that sensitive data not be stored in cookies, and that HTTPS be used
+to prevent cookie [replay attacks](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Replay_attack).
+
+## Examples
+
+To use it, first create a new SecureCookie instance:
+
+```go
+// Hash keys should be at least 32 bytes long
+var hashKey = []byte("very-secret")
+// Block keys should be 16 bytes (AES-128) or 32 bytes (AES-256) long.
+// Shorter keys may weaken the encryption used.
+var blockKey = []byte("a-lot-secret")
+var s = securecookie.New(hashKey, blockKey)
+```
+
+The hashKey is required, used to authenticate the cookie value using HMAC.
+It is recommended to use a key with 32 or 64 bytes.
+
+The blockKey is optional, used to encrypt the cookie value -- set it to nil
+to not use encryption. If set, the length must correspond to the block size
+of the encryption algorithm. For AES, used by default, valid lengths are
+16, 24, or 32 bytes to select AES-128, AES-192, or AES-256.
+
+Strong keys can be created using the convenience function GenerateRandomKey().
+
+Once a SecureCookie instance is set, use it to encode a cookie value:
+
+```go
+func SetCookieHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	value := map[string]string{
+		"foo": "bar",
+	}
+	if encoded, err := s.Encode("cookie-name", value); err == nil {
+		cookie := &http.Cookie{
+			Name:  "cookie-name",
+			Value: encoded,
+			Path:  "/",
+			Secure: true,
+			HttpOnly: true,
+		}
+		http.SetCookie(w, cookie)
+	}
+}
+```
+
+Later, use the same SecureCookie instance to decode and validate a cookie
+value:
+
+```go
+func ReadCookieHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	if cookie, err := r.Cookie("cookie-name"); err == nil {
+		value := make(map[string]string)
+		if err = s2.Decode("cookie-name", cookie.Value, &value); err == nil {
+			fmt.Fprintf(w, "The value of foo is %q", value["foo"])
+		}
+	}
+}
+```
+
+We stored a map[string]string, but secure cookies can hold any value that
+can be encoded using `encoding/gob`. To store custom types, they must be
+registered first using gob.Register(). For basic types this is not needed;
+it works out of the box. An optional JSON encoder that uses `encoding/json` is
+available for types compatible with JSON.
+
+## License
+
+BSD licensed. See the LICENSE file for details.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/securecookie/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+/*
+Package securecookie encodes and decodes authenticated and optionally
+encrypted cookie values.
+
+Secure cookies can't be forged, because their values are validated using HMAC.
+When encrypted, the content is also inaccessible to malicious eyes.
+
+To use it, first create a new SecureCookie instance:
+
+	var hashKey = []byte("very-secret")
+	var blockKey = []byte("a-lot-secret")
+	var s = securecookie.New(hashKey, blockKey)
+
+The hashKey is required, used to authenticate the cookie value using HMAC.
+It is recommended to use a key with 32 or 64 bytes.
+
+The blockKey is optional, used to encrypt the cookie value -- set it to nil
+to not use encryption. If set, the length must correspond to the block size
+of the encryption algorithm. For AES, used by default, valid lengths are
+16, 24, or 32 bytes to select AES-128, AES-192, or AES-256.
+
+Strong keys can be created using the convenience function GenerateRandomKey().
+
+Once a SecureCookie instance is set, use it to encode a cookie value:
+
+	func SetCookieHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		value := map[string]string{
+			"foo": "bar",
+		}
+		if encoded, err := s.Encode("cookie-name", value); err == nil {
+			cookie := &http.Cookie{
+				Name:  "cookie-name",
+				Value: encoded,
+				Path:  "/",
+			}
+			http.SetCookie(w, cookie)
+		}
+	}
+
+Later, use the same SecureCookie instance to decode and validate a cookie
+value:
+
+	func ReadCookieHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		if cookie, err := r.Cookie("cookie-name"); err == nil {
+			value := make(map[string]string)
+			if err = s2.Decode("cookie-name", cookie.Value, &value); err == nil {
+				fmt.Fprintf(w, "The value of foo is %q", value["foo"])
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+We stored a map[string]string, but secure cookies can hold any value that
+can be encoded using encoding/gob. To store custom types, they must be
+registered first using gob.Register(). For basic types this is not needed;
+it works out of the box.
+*/
+package securecookie

vendor/github.com/gorilla/securecookie/fuzz.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+// +build gofuzz
+
+package securecookie
+
+var hashKey = []byte("very-secret12345")
+var blockKey = []byte("a-lot-secret1234")
+var s = New(hashKey, blockKey)
+
+type Cookie struct {
+	B bool
+	I int
+	S string
+}
+
+func Fuzz(data []byte) int {
+	datas := string(data)
+	var c Cookie
+	if err := s.Decode("fuzz", datas, &c); err != nil {
+		return 0
+	}
+	if _, err := s.Encode("fuzz", c); err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	return 1
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/securecookie/securecookie.go

@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package securecookie
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"crypto/aes"
+	"crypto/cipher"
+	"crypto/hmac"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"crypto/sha256"
+	"crypto/subtle"
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"encoding/gob"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"hash"
+	"io"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Error is the interface of all errors returned by functions in this library.
+type Error interface {
+	error
+
+	// IsUsage returns true for errors indicating the client code probably
+	// uses this library incorrectly.  For example, the client may have
+	// failed to provide a valid hash key, or may have failed to configure
+	// the Serializer adequately for encoding value.
+	IsUsage() bool
+
+	// IsDecode returns true for errors indicating that a cookie could not
+	// be decoded and validated.  Since cookies are usually untrusted
+	// user-provided input, errors of this type should be expected.
+	// Usually, the proper action is simply to reject the request.
+	IsDecode() bool
+
+	// IsInternal returns true for unexpected errors occurring in the
+	// securecookie implementation.
+	IsInternal() bool
+
+	// Cause, if it returns a non-nil value, indicates that this error was
+	// propagated from some underlying library.  If this method returns nil,
+	// this error was raised directly by this library.
+	//
+	// Cause is provided principally for debugging/logging purposes; it is
+	// rare that application logic should perform meaningfully different
+	// logic based on Cause.  See, for example, the caveats described on
+	// (MultiError).Cause().
+	Cause() error
+}
+
+// errorType is a bitmask giving the error type(s) of an cookieError value.
+type errorType int
+
+const (
+	usageError = errorType(1 << iota)
+	decodeError
+	internalError
+)
+
+type cookieError struct {
+	typ   errorType
+	msg   string
+	cause error
+}
+
+func (e cookieError) IsUsage() bool    { return (e.typ & usageError) != 0 }
+func (e cookieError) IsDecode() bool   { return (e.typ & decodeError) != 0 }
+func (e cookieError) IsInternal() bool { return (e.typ & internalError) != 0 }
+
+func (e cookieError) Cause() error { return e.cause }
+
+func (e cookieError) Error() string {
+	parts := []string{"securecookie: "}
+	if e.msg == "" {
+		parts = append(parts, "error")
+	} else {
+		parts = append(parts, e.msg)
+	}
+	if c := e.Cause(); c != nil {
+		parts = append(parts, " - caused by: ", c.Error())
+	}
+	return strings.Join(parts, "")
+}
+
+var (
+	errGeneratingIV = cookieError{typ: internalError, msg: "failed to generate random iv"}
+
+	errNoCodecs            = cookieError{typ: usageError, msg: "no codecs provided"}
+	errHashKeyNotSet       = cookieError{typ: usageError, msg: "hash key is not set"}
+	errBlockKeyNotSet      = cookieError{typ: usageError, msg: "block key is not set"}
+	errEncodedValueTooLong = cookieError{typ: usageError, msg: "the value is too long"}
+
+	errValueToDecodeTooLong = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "the value is too long"}
+	errTimestampInvalid     = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "invalid timestamp"}
+	errTimestampTooNew      = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "timestamp is too new"}
+	errTimestampExpired     = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "expired timestamp"}
+	errDecryptionFailed     = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "the value could not be decrypted"}
+	errValueNotByte         = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "value not a []byte."}
+	errValueNotBytePtr      = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "value not a pointer to []byte."}
+
+	// ErrMacInvalid indicates that cookie decoding failed because the HMAC
+	// could not be extracted and verified.  Direct use of this error
+	// variable is deprecated; it is public only for legacy compatibility,
+	// and may be privatized in the future, as it is rarely useful to
+	// distinguish between this error and other Error implementations.
+	ErrMacInvalid = cookieError{typ: decodeError, msg: "the value is not valid"}
+)
+
+// Codec defines an interface to encode and decode cookie values.
+type Codec interface {
+	Encode(name string, value interface{}) (string, error)
+	Decode(name, value string, dst interface{}) error
+}
+
+// New returns a new SecureCookie.
+//
+// hashKey is required, used to authenticate values using HMAC. Create it using
+// GenerateRandomKey(). It is recommended to use a key with 32 or 64 bytes.
+//
+// blockKey is optional, used to encrypt values. Create it using
+// GenerateRandomKey(). The key length must correspond to the block size
+// of the encryption algorithm. For AES, used by default, valid lengths are
+// 16, 24, or 32 bytes to select AES-128, AES-192, or AES-256.
+// The default encoder used for cookie serialization is encoding/gob.
+//
+// Note that keys created using GenerateRandomKey() are not automatically
+// persisted. New keys will be created when the application is restarted, and
+// previously issued cookies will not be able to be decoded.
+func New(hashKey, blockKey []byte) *SecureCookie {
+	s := &SecureCookie{
+		hashKey:   hashKey,
+		blockKey:  blockKey,
+		hashFunc:  sha256.New,
+		maxAge:    86400 * 30,
+		maxLength: 4096,
+		sz:        GobEncoder{},
+	}
+	if hashKey == nil {
+		s.err = errHashKeyNotSet
+	}
+	if blockKey != nil {
+		s.BlockFunc(aes.NewCipher)
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// SecureCookie encodes and decodes authenticated and optionally encrypted
+// cookie values.
+type SecureCookie struct {
+	hashKey   []byte
+	hashFunc  func() hash.Hash
+	blockKey  []byte
+	block     cipher.Block
+	maxLength int
+	maxAge    int64
+	minAge    int64
+	err       error
+	sz        Serializer
+	// For testing purposes, the function that returns the current timestamp.
+	// If not set, it will use time.Now().UTC().Unix().
+	timeFunc func() int64
+}
+
+// Serializer provides an interface for providing custom serializers for cookie
+// values.
+type Serializer interface {
+	Serialize(src interface{}) ([]byte, error)
+	Deserialize(src []byte, dst interface{}) error
+}
+
+// GobEncoder encodes cookie values using encoding/gob. This is the simplest
+// encoder and can handle complex types via gob.Register.
+type GobEncoder struct{}
+
+// JSONEncoder encodes cookie values using encoding/json. Users who wish to
+// encode complex types need to satisfy the json.Marshaller and
+// json.Unmarshaller interfaces.
+type JSONEncoder struct{}
+
+// NopEncoder does not encode cookie values, and instead simply accepts a []byte
+// (as an interface{}) and returns a []byte. This is particularly useful when
+// you encoding an object upstream and do not wish to re-encode it.
+type NopEncoder struct{}
+
+// MaxLength restricts the maximum length, in bytes, for the cookie value.
+//
+// Default is 4096, which is the maximum value accepted by Internet Explorer.
+func (s *SecureCookie) MaxLength(value int) *SecureCookie {
+	s.maxLength = value
+	return s
+}
+
+// MaxAge restricts the maximum age, in seconds, for the cookie value.
+//
+// Default is 86400 * 30. Set it to 0 for no restriction.
+func (s *SecureCookie) MaxAge(value int) *SecureCookie {
+	s.maxAge = int64(value)
+	return s
+}
+
+// MinAge restricts the minimum age, in seconds, for the cookie value.
+//
+// Default is 0 (no restriction).
+func (s *SecureCookie) MinAge(value int) *SecureCookie {
+	s.minAge = int64(value)
+	return s
+}
+
+// HashFunc sets the hash function used to create HMAC.
+//
+// Default is crypto/sha256.New.
+func (s *SecureCookie) HashFunc(f func() hash.Hash) *SecureCookie {
+	s.hashFunc = f
+	return s
+}
+
+// BlockFunc sets the encryption function used to create a cipher.Block.
+//
+// Default is crypto/aes.New.
+func (s *SecureCookie) BlockFunc(f func([]byte) (cipher.Block, error)) *SecureCookie {
+	if s.blockKey == nil {
+		s.err = errBlockKeyNotSet
+	} else if block, err := f(s.blockKey); err == nil {
+		s.block = block
+	} else {
+		s.err = cookieError{cause: err, typ: usageError}
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// Encoding sets the encoding/serialization method for cookies.
+//
+// Default is encoding/gob.  To encode special structures using encoding/gob,
+// they must be registered first using gob.Register().
+func (s *SecureCookie) SetSerializer(sz Serializer) *SecureCookie {
+	s.sz = sz
+
+	return s
+}
+
+// Encode encodes a cookie value.
+//
+// It serializes, optionally encrypts, signs with a message authentication code,
+// and finally encodes the value.
+//
+// The name argument is the cookie name. It is stored with the encoded value.
+// The value argument is the value to be encoded. It can be any value that can
+// be encoded using the currently selected serializer; see SetSerializer().
+//
+// It is the client's responsibility to ensure that value, when encoded using
+// the current serialization/encryption settings on s and then base64-encoded,
+// is shorter than the maximum permissible length.
+func (s *SecureCookie) Encode(name string, value interface{}) (string, error) {
+	if s.err != nil {
+		return "", s.err
+	}
+	if s.hashKey == nil {
+		s.err = errHashKeyNotSet
+		return "", s.err
+	}
+	var err error
+	var b []byte
+	// 1. Serialize.
+	if b, err = s.sz.Serialize(value); err != nil {
+		return "", cookieError{cause: err, typ: usageError}
+	}
+	// 2. Encrypt (optional).
+	if s.block != nil {
+		if b, err = encrypt(s.block, b); err != nil {
+			return "", cookieError{cause: err, typ: usageError}
+		}
+	}
+	b = encode(b)
+	// 3. Create MAC for "name|date|value". Extra pipe to be used later.
+	b = []byte(fmt.Sprintf("%s|%d|%s|", name, s.timestamp(), b))
+	mac := createMac(hmac.New(s.hashFunc, s.hashKey), b[:len(b)-1])
+	// Append mac, remove name.
+	b = append(b, mac...)[len(name)+1:]
+	// 4. Encode to base64.
+	b = encode(b)
+	// 5. Check length.
+	if s.maxLength != 0 && len(b) > s.maxLength {
+		return "", errEncodedValueTooLong
+	}
+	// Done.
+	return string(b), nil
+}
+
+// Decode decodes a cookie value.
+//
+// It decodes, verifies a message authentication code, optionally decrypts and
+// finally deserializes the value.
+//
+// The name argument is the cookie name. It must be the same name used when
+// it was stored. The value argument is the encoded cookie value. The dst
+// argument is where the cookie will be decoded. It must be a pointer.
+func (s *SecureCookie) Decode(name, value string, dst interface{}) error {
+	if s.err != nil {
+		return s.err
+	}
+	if s.hashKey == nil {
+		s.err = errHashKeyNotSet
+		return s.err
+	}
+	// 1. Check length.
+	if s.maxLength != 0 && len(value) > s.maxLength {
+		return errValueToDecodeTooLong
+	}
+	// 2. Decode from base64.
+	b, err := decode([]byte(value))
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	// 3. Verify MAC. Value is "date|value|mac".
+	parts := bytes.SplitN(b, []byte("|"), 3)
+	if len(parts) != 3 {
+		return ErrMacInvalid
+	}
+	h := hmac.New(s.hashFunc, s.hashKey)
+	b = append([]byte(name+"|"), b[:len(b)-len(parts[2])-1]...)
+	if err = verifyMac(h, b, parts[2]); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	// 4. Verify date ranges.
+	var t1 int64
+	if t1, err = strconv.ParseInt(string(parts[0]), 10, 64); err != nil {
+		return errTimestampInvalid
+	}
+	t2 := s.timestamp()
+	if s.minAge != 0 && t1 > t2-s.minAge {
+		return errTimestampTooNew
+	}
+	if s.maxAge != 0 && t1 < t2-s.maxAge {
+		return errTimestampExpired
+	}
+	// 5. Decrypt (optional).
+	b, err = decode(parts[1])
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if s.block != nil {
+		if b, err = decrypt(s.block, b); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	// 6. Deserialize.
+	if err = s.sz.Deserialize(b, dst); err != nil {
+		return cookieError{cause: err, typ: decodeError}
+	}
+	// Done.
+	return nil
+}
+
+// timestamp returns the current timestamp, in seconds.
+//
+// For testing purposes, the function that generates the timestamp can be
+// overridden. If not set, it will return time.Now().UTC().Unix().
+func (s *SecureCookie) timestamp() int64 {
+	if s.timeFunc == nil {
+		return time.Now().UTC().Unix()
+	}
+	return s.timeFunc()
+}
+
+// Authentication -------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// createMac creates a message authentication code (MAC).
+func createMac(h hash.Hash, value []byte) []byte {
+	h.Write(value)
+	return h.Sum(nil)
+}
+
+// verifyMac verifies that a message authentication code (MAC) is valid.
+func verifyMac(h hash.Hash, value []byte, mac []byte) error {
+	mac2 := createMac(h, value)
+	// Check that both MACs are of equal length, as subtle.ConstantTimeCompare
+	// does not do this prior to Go 1.4.
+	if len(mac) == len(mac2) && subtle.ConstantTimeCompare(mac, mac2) == 1 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return ErrMacInvalid
+}
+
+// Encryption -----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// encrypt encrypts a value using the given block in counter mode.
+//
+// A random initialization vector (http://goo.gl/zF67k) with the length of the
+// block size is prepended to the resulting ciphertext.
+func encrypt(block cipher.Block, value []byte) ([]byte, error) {
+	iv := GenerateRandomKey(block.BlockSize())
+	if iv == nil {
+		return nil, errGeneratingIV
+	}
+	// Encrypt it.
+	stream := cipher.NewCTR(block, iv)
+	stream.XORKeyStream(value, value)
+	// Return iv + ciphertext.
+	return append(iv, value...), nil
+}
+
+// decrypt decrypts a value using the given block in counter mode.
+//
+// The value to be decrypted must be prepended by a initialization vector
+// (http://goo.gl/zF67k) with the length of the block size.
+func decrypt(block cipher.Block, value []byte) ([]byte, error) {
+	size := block.BlockSize()
+	if len(value) > size {
+		// Extract iv.
+		iv := value[:size]
+		// Extract ciphertext.
+		value = value[size:]
+		// Decrypt it.
+		stream := cipher.NewCTR(block, iv)
+		stream.XORKeyStream(value, value)
+		return value, nil
+	}
+	return nil, errDecryptionFailed
+}
+
+// Serialization --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Serialize encodes a value using gob.
+func (e GobEncoder) Serialize(src interface{}) ([]byte, error) {
+	buf := new(bytes.Buffer)
+	enc := gob.NewEncoder(buf)
+	if err := enc.Encode(src); err != nil {
+		return nil, cookieError{cause: err, typ: usageError}
+	}
+	return buf.Bytes(), nil
+}
+
+// Deserialize decodes a value using gob.
+func (e GobEncoder) Deserialize(src []byte, dst interface{}) error {
+	dec := gob.NewDecoder(bytes.NewBuffer(src))
+	if err := dec.Decode(dst); err != nil {
+		return cookieError{cause: err, typ: decodeError}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Serialize encodes a value using encoding/json.
+func (e JSONEncoder) Serialize(src interface{}) ([]byte, error) {
+	buf := new(bytes.Buffer)
+	enc := json.NewEncoder(buf)
+	if err := enc.Encode(src); err != nil {
+		return nil, cookieError{cause: err, typ: usageError}
+	}
+	return buf.Bytes(), nil
+}
+
+// Deserialize decodes a value using encoding/json.
+func (e JSONEncoder) Deserialize(src []byte, dst interface{}) error {
+	dec := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(src))
+	if err := dec.Decode(dst); err != nil {
+		return cookieError{cause: err, typ: decodeError}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Serialize passes a []byte through as-is.
+func (e NopEncoder) Serialize(src interface{}) ([]byte, error) {
+	if b, ok := src.([]byte); ok {
+		return b, nil
+	}
+
+	return nil, errValueNotByte
+}
+
+// Deserialize passes a []byte through as-is.
+func (e NopEncoder) Deserialize(src []byte, dst interface{}) error {
+	if dat, ok := dst.(*[]byte); ok {
+		*dat = src
+		return nil
+	}
+	return errValueNotBytePtr
+}
+
+// Encoding -------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// encode encodes a value using base64.
+func encode(value []byte) []byte {
+	encoded := make([]byte, base64.URLEncoding.EncodedLen(len(value)))
+	base64.URLEncoding.Encode(encoded, value)
+	return encoded
+}
+
+// decode decodes a cookie using base64.
+func decode(value []byte) ([]byte, error) {
+	decoded := make([]byte, base64.URLEncoding.DecodedLen(len(value)))
+	b, err := base64.URLEncoding.Decode(decoded, value)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, cookieError{cause: err, typ: decodeError, msg: "base64 decode failed"}
+	}
+	return decoded[:b], nil
+}
+
+// Helpers --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// GenerateRandomKey creates a random key with the given length in bytes.
+// On failure, returns nil.
+//
+// Callers should explicitly check for the possibility of a nil return, treat
+// it as a failure of the system random number generator, and not continue.
+func GenerateRandomKey(length int) []byte {
+	k := make([]byte, length)
+	if _, err := io.ReadFull(rand.Reader, k); err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return k
+}
+
+// CodecsFromPairs returns a slice of SecureCookie instances.
+//
+// It is a convenience function to create a list of codecs for key rotation. Note
+// that the generated Codecs will have the default options applied: callers
+// should iterate over each Codec and type-assert the underlying *SecureCookie to
+// change these.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//      codecs := securecookie.CodecsFromPairs(
+//           []byte("new-hash-key"),
+//           []byte("new-block-key"),
+//           []byte("old-hash-key"),
+//           []byte("old-block-key"),
+//       )
+//
+//      // Modify each instance.
+//      for _, s := range codecs {
+//             if cookie, ok := s.(*securecookie.SecureCookie); ok {
+//                 cookie.MaxAge(86400 * 7)
+//                 cookie.SetSerializer(securecookie.JSONEncoder{})
+//                 cookie.HashFunc(sha512.New512_256)
+//             }
+//         }
+//
+func CodecsFromPairs(keyPairs ...[]byte) []Codec {
+	codecs := make([]Codec, len(keyPairs)/2+len(keyPairs)%2)
+	for i := 0; i < len(keyPairs); i += 2 {
+		var blockKey []byte
+		if i+1 < len(keyPairs) {
+			blockKey = keyPairs[i+1]
+		}
+		codecs[i/2] = New(keyPairs[i], blockKey)
+	}
+	return codecs
+}
+
+// EncodeMulti encodes a cookie value using a group of codecs.
+//
+// The codecs are tried in order. Multiple codecs are accepted to allow
+// key rotation.
+//
+// On error, may return a MultiError.
+func EncodeMulti(name string, value interface{}, codecs ...Codec) (string, error) {
+	if len(codecs) == 0 {
+		return "", errNoCodecs
+	}
+
+	var errors MultiError
+	for _, codec := range codecs {
+		encoded, err := codec.Encode(name, value)
+		if err == nil {
+			return encoded, nil
+		}
+		errors = append(errors, err)
+	}
+	return "", errors
+}
+
+// DecodeMulti decodes a cookie value using a group of codecs.
+//
+// The codecs are tried in order. Multiple codecs are accepted to allow
+// key rotation.
+//
+// On error, may return a MultiError.
+func DecodeMulti(name string, value string, dst interface{}, codecs ...Codec) error {
+	if len(codecs) == 0 {
+		return errNoCodecs
+	}
+
+	var errors MultiError
+	for _, codec := range codecs {
+		err := codec.Decode(name, value, dst)
+		if err == nil {
+			return nil
+		}
+		errors = append(errors, err)
+	}
+	return errors
+}
+
+// MultiError groups multiple errors.
+type MultiError []error
+
+func (m MultiError) IsUsage() bool    { return m.any(func(e Error) bool { return e.IsUsage() }) }
+func (m MultiError) IsDecode() bool   { return m.any(func(e Error) bool { return e.IsDecode() }) }
+func (m MultiError) IsInternal() bool { return m.any(func(e Error) bool { return e.IsInternal() }) }
+
+// Cause returns nil for MultiError; there is no unique underlying cause in the
+// general case.
+//
+// Note: we could conceivably return a non-nil Cause only when there is exactly
+// one child error with a Cause.  However, it would be brittle for client code
+// to rely on the arity of causes inside a MultiError, so we have opted not to
+// provide this functionality.  Clients which really wish to access the Causes
+// of the underlying errors are free to iterate through the errors themselves.
+func (m MultiError) Cause() error { return nil }
+
+func (m MultiError) Error() string {
+	s, n := "", 0
+	for _, e := range m {
+		if e != nil {
+			if n == 0 {
+				s = e.Error()
+			}
+			n++
+		}
+	}
+	switch n {
+	case 0:
+		return "(0 errors)"
+	case 1:
+		return s
+	case 2:
+		return s + " (and 1 other error)"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s (and %d other errors)", s, n-1)
+}
+
+// any returns true if any element of m is an Error for which pred returns true.
+func (m MultiError) any(pred func(Error) bool) bool {
+	for _, e := range m {
+		if ourErr, ok := e.(Error); ok && pred(ourErr) {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/sessions/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+language: go
+sudo: false
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - go: 1.3
+    - go: 1.4
+    - go: 1.5
+    - go: 1.6
+    - go: 1.7
+    - go: tip
+  allow_failures:
+    - go: tip
+
+install:
+  - # skip
+
+script:
+  - go get -t -v ./...
+  - diff -u <(echo -n) <(gofmt -d .)
+  - go vet $(go list ./... | grep -v /vendor/)
+  - go test -v -race ./...

vendor/github.com/gorilla/sessions/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012 Rodrigo Moraes. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+	 * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+	 * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+	 * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/sessions/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+sessions
+========
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/sessions?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/sessions) [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/sessions.png?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/sessions)
+[![Sourcegraph](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/sessions/-/badge.svg)](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/gorilla/sessions?badge)
+
+
+gorilla/sessions provides cookie and filesystem sessions and infrastructure for
+custom session backends.
+
+The key features are:
+
+* Simple API: use it as an easy way to set signed (and optionally
+  encrypted) cookies.
+* Built-in backends to store sessions in cookies or the filesystem.
+* Flash messages: session values that last until read.
+* Convenient way to switch session persistency (aka "remember me") and set
+  other attributes.
+* Mechanism to rotate authentication and encryption keys.
+* Multiple sessions per request, even using different backends.
+* Interfaces and infrastructure for custom session backends: sessions from
+  different stores can be retrieved and batch-saved using a common API.
+
+Let's start with an example that shows the sessions API in a nutshell:
+
+```go
+	import (
+		"net/http"
+		"github.com/gorilla/sessions"
+	)
+
+	var store = sessions.NewCookieStore([]byte("something-very-secret"))
+
+	func MyHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		// Get a session. We're ignoring the error resulted from decoding an
+		// existing session: Get() always returns a session, even if empty.
+		session, _ := store.Get(r, "session-name")
+		// Set some session values.
+		session.Values["foo"] = "bar"
+		session.Values[42] = 43
+		// Save it before we write to the response/return from the handler.
+		session.Save(r, w)
+	}
+```
+
+First we initialize a session store calling `NewCookieStore()` and passing a
+secret key used to authenticate the session. Inside the handler, we call
+`store.Get()` to retrieve an existing session or a new one. Then we set some
+session values in session.Values, which is a `map[interface{}]interface{}`.
+And finally we call `session.Save()` to save the session in the response.
+
+Important Note: If you aren't using gorilla/mux, you need to wrap your handlers
+with
+[`context.ClearHandler`](http://www.gorillatoolkit.org/pkg/context#ClearHandler)
+as or else you will leak memory! An easy way to do this is to wrap the top-level
+mux when calling http.ListenAndServe:
+
+```go
+	http.ListenAndServe(":8080", context.ClearHandler(http.DefaultServeMux))
+```
+
+The ClearHandler function is provided by the gorilla/context package.
+
+More examples are available [on the Gorilla
+website](http://www.gorillatoolkit.org/pkg/sessions).
+
+## Store Implementations
+
+Other implementations of the `sessions.Store` interface:
+
+* [github.com/starJammer/gorilla-sessions-arangodb](https://github.com/starJammer/gorilla-sessions-arangodb) - ArangoDB
+* [github.com/yosssi/boltstore](https://github.com/yosssi/boltstore) - Bolt
+* [github.com/srinathgs/couchbasestore](https://github.com/srinathgs/couchbasestore) - Couchbase
+* [github.com/denizeren/dynamostore](https://github.com/denizeren/dynamostore) - Dynamodb on AWS
+* [github.com/savaki/dynastore](https://github.com/savaki/dynastore) - DynamoDB on AWS (Official AWS library)
+* [github.com/bradleypeabody/gorilla-sessions-memcache](https://github.com/bradleypeabody/gorilla-sessions-memcache) - Memcache
+* [github.com/dsoprea/go-appengine-sessioncascade](https://github.com/dsoprea/go-appengine-sessioncascade) - Memcache/Datastore/Context in AppEngine
+* [github.com/kidstuff/mongostore](https://github.com/kidstuff/mongostore) - MongoDB
+* [github.com/srinathgs/mysqlstore](https://github.com/srinathgs/mysqlstore) - MySQL
+* [github.com/EnumApps/clustersqlstore](https://github.com/EnumApps/clustersqlstore) - MySQL Cluster
+* [github.com/antonlindstrom/pgstore](https://github.com/antonlindstrom/pgstore) - PostgreSQL
+* [github.com/boj/redistore](https://github.com/boj/redistore) - Redis
+* [github.com/boj/rethinkstore](https://github.com/boj/rethinkstore) - RethinkDB
+* [github.com/boj/riakstore](https://github.com/boj/riakstore) - Riak
+* [github.com/michaeljs1990/sqlitestore](https://github.com/michaeljs1990/sqlitestore) - SQLite
+* [github.com/wader/gormstore](https://github.com/wader/gormstore) - GORM (MySQL, PostgreSQL, SQLite)
+* [github.com/gernest/qlstore](https://github.com/gernest/qlstore) - ql
+
+## License
+
+BSD licensed. See the LICENSE file for details.

vendor/github.com/gorilla/sessions/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+/*
+Package sessions provides cookie and filesystem sessions and
+infrastructure for custom session backends.
+
+The key features are:
+
+	* Simple API: use it as an easy way to set signed (and optionally
+	  encrypted) cookies.
+	* Built-in backends to store sessions in cookies or the filesystem.
+	* Flash messages: session values that last until read.
+	* Convenient way to switch session persistency (aka "remember me") and set
+	  other attributes.
+	* Mechanism to rotate authentication and encryption keys.
+	* Multiple sessions per request, even using different backends.
+	* Interfaces and infrastructure for custom session backends: sessions from
+	  different stores can be retrieved and batch-saved using a common API.
+
+Let's start with an example that shows the sessions API in a nutshell:
+
+	import (
+		"net/http"
+		"github.com/gorilla/sessions"
+	)
+
+	var store = sessions.NewCookieStore([]byte("something-very-secret"))
+
+	func MyHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		// Get a session. Get() always returns a session, even if empty.
+		session, err := store.Get(r, "session-name")
+		if err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			return
+		}
+
+		// Set some session values.
+		session.Values["foo"] = "bar"
+		session.Values[42] = 43
+		// Save it before we write to the response/return from the handler.
+		session.Save(r, w)
+	}
+
+First we initialize a session store calling NewCookieStore() and passing a
+secret key used to authenticate the session. Inside the handler, we call
+store.Get() to retrieve an existing session or a new one. Then we set some
+session values in session.Values, which is a map[interface{}]interface{}.
+And finally we call session.Save() to save the session in the response.
+
+Note that in production code, we should check for errors when calling
+session.Save(r, w), and either display an error message or otherwise handle it.
+
+Save must be called before writing to the response, otherwise the session
+cookie will not be sent to the client.
+
+Important Note: If you aren't using gorilla/mux, you need to wrap your handlers
+with context.ClearHandler as or else you will leak memory! An easy way to do this
+is to wrap the top-level mux when calling http.ListenAndServe:
+
+    http.ListenAndServe(":8080", context.ClearHandler(http.DefaultServeMux))
+
+The ClearHandler function is provided by the gorilla/context package.
+
+That's all you need to know for the basic usage. Let's take a look at other
+options, starting with flash messages.
+
+Flash messages are session values that last until read. The term appeared with
+Ruby On Rails a few years back. When we request a flash message, it is removed
+from the session. To add a flash, call session.AddFlash(), and to get all
+flashes, call session.Flashes(). Here is an example:
+
+	func MyHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		// Get a session.
+		session, err := store.Get(r, "session-name")
+		if err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			return
+		}
+
+		// Get the previously flashes, if any.
+		if flashes := session.Flashes(); len(flashes) > 0 {
+			// Use the flash values.
+		} else {
+			// Set a new flash.
+			session.AddFlash("Hello, flash messages world!")
+		}
+		session.Save(r, w)
+	}
+
+Flash messages are useful to set information to be read after a redirection,
+like after form submissions.
+
+There may also be cases where you want to store a complex datatype within a
+session, such as a struct. Sessions are serialised using the encoding/gob package,
+so it is easy to register new datatypes for storage in sessions:
+
+	import(
+		"encoding/gob"
+		"github.com/gorilla/sessions"
+	)
+
+	type Person struct {
+		FirstName	string
+		LastName 	string
+		Email		string
+		Age			int
+	}
+
+	type M map[string]interface{}
+
+	func init() {
+
+		gob.Register(&Person{})
+		gob.Register(&M{})
+	}
+
+As it's not possible to pass a raw type as a parameter to a function, gob.Register()
+relies on us passing it a value of the desired type. In the example above we've passed
+it a pointer to a struct and a pointer to a custom type representing a
+map[string]interface. (We could have passed non-pointer values if we wished.) This will
+then allow us to serialise/deserialise values of those types to and from our sessions.
+
+Note that because session values are stored in a map[string]interface{}, there's
+a need to type-assert data when retrieving it. We'll use the Person struct we registered above:
+
+	func MyHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		session, err := store.Get(r, "session-name")
+		if err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			return
+		}
+
+		// Retrieve our struct and type-assert it
+		val := session.Values["person"]
+		var person = &Person{}
+		if person, ok := val.(*Person); !ok {
+			// Handle the case that it's not an expected type
+		}
+
+		// Now we can use our person object
+	}
+
+By default, session cookies last for a month. This is probably too long for
+some cases, but it is easy to change this and other attributes during
+runtime. Sessions can be configured individually or the store can be
+configured and then all sessions saved using it will use that configuration.
+We access session.Options or store.Options to set a new configuration. The
+fields are basically a subset of http.Cookie fields. Let's change the
+maximum age of a session to one week:
+
+	session.Options = &sessions.Options{
+		Path:     "/",
+		MaxAge:   86400 * 7,
+		HttpOnly: true,
+	}
+
+Sometimes we may want to change authentication and/or encryption keys without
+breaking existing sessions. The CookieStore supports key rotation, and to use
+it you just need to set multiple authentication and encryption keys, in pairs,
+to be tested in order:
+
+	var store = sessions.NewCookieStore(
+		[]byte("new-authentication-key"),
+		[]byte("new-encryption-key"),
+		[]byte("old-authentication-key"),
+		[]byte("old-encryption-key"),
+	)
+
+New sessions will be saved using the first pair. Old sessions can still be
+read because the first pair will fail, and the second will be tested. This
+makes it easy to "rotate" secret keys and still be able to validate existing
+sessions. Note: for all pairs the encryption key is optional; set it to nil
+or omit it and and encryption won't be used.
+
+Multiple sessions can be used in the same request, even with different
+session backends. When this happens, calling Save() on each session
+individually would be cumbersome, so we have a way to save all sessions
+at once: it's sessions.Save(). Here's an example:
+
+	var store = sessions.NewCookieStore([]byte("something-very-secret"))
+
+	func MyHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		// Get a session and set a value.
+		session1, _ := store.Get(r, "session-one")
+		session1.Values["foo"] = "bar"
+		// Get another session and set another value.
+		session2, _ := store.Get(r, "session-two")
+		session2.Values[42] = 43
+		// Save all sessions.
+		sessions.Save(r, w)
+	}
+
+This is possible because when we call Get() from a session store, it adds the
+session to a common registry. Save() uses it to save all registered sessions.
+*/
+package sessions

vendor/github.com/gorilla/sessions/lex.go

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+// This file contains code adapted from the Go standard library
+// https://github.com/golang/go/blob/39ad0fd0789872f9469167be7fe9578625ff246e/src/net/http/lex.go
+
+package sessions
+
+import "strings"
+
+var isTokenTable = [127]bool{
+	'!':  true,
+	'#':  true,
+	'$':  true,
+	'%':  true,
+	'&':  true,
+	'\'': true,
+	'*':  true,
+	'+':  true,
+	'-':  true,
+	'.':  true,
+	'0':  true,
+	'1':  true,
+	'2':  true,
+	'3':  true,
+	'4':  true,
+	'5':  true,
+	'6':  true,
+	'7':  true,
+	'8':  true,
+	'9':  true,
+	'A':  true,
+	'B':  true,
+	'C':  true,
+	'D':  true,
+	'E':  true,
+	'F':  true,
+	'G':  true,
+	'H':  true,
+	'I':  true,
+	'J':  true,
+	'K':  true,
+	'L':  true,
+	'M':  true,
+	'N':  true,
+	'O':  true,
+	'P':  true,
+	'Q':  true,
+	'R':  true,
+	'S':  true,
+	'T':  true,
+	'U':  true,
+	'W':  true,
+	'V':  true,
+	'X':  true,
+	'Y':  true,
+	'Z':  true,
+	'^':  true,
+	'_':  true,
+	'`':  true,
+	'a':  true,
+	'b':  true,
+	'c':  true,
+	'd':  true,
+	'e':  true,
+	'f':  true,
+	'g':  true,
+	'h':  true,
+	'i':  true,
+	'j':  true,
+	'k':  true,
+	'l':  true,
+	'm':  true,
+	'n':  true,
+	'o':  true,
+	'p':  true,
+	'q':  true,
+	'r':  true,
+	's':  true,
+	't':  true,
+	'u':  true,
+	'v':  true,
+	'w':  true,
+	'x':  true,
+	'y':  true,
+	'z':  true,
+	'|':  true,
+	'~':  true,
+}
+
+func isToken(r rune) bool {
+	i := int(r)
+	return i < len(isTokenTable) && isTokenTable[i]
+}
+
+func isNotToken(r rune) bool {
+	return !isToken(r)
+}
+
+func isCookieNameValid(raw string) bool {
+	if raw == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+	return strings.IndexFunc(raw, isNotToken) < 0
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/sessions/sessions.go

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package sessions
+
+import (
+	"encoding/gob"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/gorilla/context"
+)
+
+// Default flashes key.
+const flashesKey = "_flash"
+
+// Options --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Options stores configuration for a session or session store.
+//
+// Fields are a subset of http.Cookie fields.
+type Options struct {
+	Path   string
+	Domain string
+	// MaxAge=0 means no 'Max-Age' attribute specified.
+	// MaxAge<0 means delete cookie now, equivalently 'Max-Age: 0'.
+	// MaxAge>0 means Max-Age attribute present and given in seconds.
+	MaxAge   int
+	Secure   bool
+	HttpOnly bool
+}
+
+// Session --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// NewSession is called by session stores to create a new session instance.
+func NewSession(store Store, name string) *Session {
+	return &Session{
+		Values: make(map[interface{}]interface{}),
+		store:  store,
+		name:   name,
+	}
+}
+
+// Session stores the values and optional configuration for a session.
+type Session struct {
+	// The ID of the session, generated by stores. It should not be used for
+	// user data.
+	ID string
+	// Values contains the user-data for the session.
+	Values  map[interface{}]interface{}
+	Options *Options
+	IsNew   bool
+	store   Store
+	name    string
+}
+
+// Flashes returns a slice of flash messages from the session.
+//
+// A single variadic argument is accepted, and it is optional: it defines
+// the flash key. If not defined "_flash" is used by default.
+func (s *Session) Flashes(vars ...string) []interface{} {
+	var flashes []interface{}
+	key := flashesKey
+	if len(vars) > 0 {
+		key = vars[0]
+	}
+	if v, ok := s.Values[key]; ok {
+		// Drop the flashes and return it.
+		delete(s.Values, key)
+		flashes = v.([]interface{})
+	}
+	return flashes
+}
+
+// AddFlash adds a flash message to the session.
+//
+// A single variadic argument is accepted, and it is optional: it defines
+// the flash key. If not defined "_flash" is used by default.
+func (s *Session) AddFlash(value interface{}, vars ...string) {
+	key := flashesKey
+	if len(vars) > 0 {
+		key = vars[0]
+	}
+	var flashes []interface{}
+	if v, ok := s.Values[key]; ok {
+		flashes = v.([]interface{})
+	}
+	s.Values[key] = append(flashes, value)
+}
+
+// Save is a convenience method to save this session. It is the same as calling
+// store.Save(request, response, session). You should call Save before writing to
+// the response or returning from the handler.
+func (s *Session) Save(r *http.Request, w http.ResponseWriter) error {
+	return s.store.Save(r, w, s)
+}
+
+// Name returns the name used to register the session.
+func (s *Session) Name() string {
+	return s.name
+}
+
+// Store returns the session store used to register the session.
+func (s *Session) Store() Store {
+	return s.store
+}
+
+// Registry -------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// sessionInfo stores a session tracked by the registry.
+type sessionInfo struct {
+	s *Session
+	e error
+}
+
+// contextKey is the type used to store the registry in the context.
+type contextKey int
+
+// registryKey is the key used to store the registry in the context.
+const registryKey contextKey = 0
+
+// GetRegistry returns a registry instance for the current request.
+func GetRegistry(r *http.Request) *Registry {
+	registry := context.Get(r, registryKey)
+	if registry != nil {
+		return registry.(*Registry)
+	}
+	newRegistry := &Registry{
+		request:  r,
+		sessions: make(map[string]sessionInfo),
+	}
+	context.Set(r, registryKey, newRegistry)
+	return newRegistry
+}
+
+// Registry stores sessions used during a request.
+type Registry struct {
+	request  *http.Request
+	sessions map[string]sessionInfo
+}
+
+// Get registers and returns a session for the given name and session store.
+//
+// It returns a new session if there are no sessions registered for the name.
+func (s *Registry) Get(store Store, name string) (session *Session, err error) {
+	if !isCookieNameValid(name) {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("sessions: invalid character in cookie name: %s", name)
+	}
+	if info, ok := s.sessions[name]; ok {
+		session, err = info.s, info.e
+	} else {
+		session, err = store.New(s.request, name)
+		session.name = name
+		s.sessions[name] = sessionInfo{s: session, e: err}
+	}
+	session.store = store
+	return
+}
+
+// Save saves all sessions registered for the current request.
+func (s *Registry) Save(w http.ResponseWriter) error {
+	var errMulti MultiError
+	for name, info := range s.sessions {
+		session := info.s
+		if session.store == nil {
+			errMulti = append(errMulti, fmt.Errorf(
+				"sessions: missing store for session %q", name))
+		} else if err := session.store.Save(s.request, w, session); err != nil {
+			errMulti = append(errMulti, fmt.Errorf(
+				"sessions: error saving session %q -- %v", name, err))
+		}
+	}
+	if errMulti != nil {
+		return errMulti
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Helpers --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func init() {
+	gob.Register([]interface{}{})
+}
+
+// Save saves all sessions used during the current request.
+func Save(r *http.Request, w http.ResponseWriter) error {
+	return GetRegistry(r).Save(w)
+}
+
+// NewCookie returns an http.Cookie with the options set. It also sets
+// the Expires field calculated based on the MaxAge value, for Internet
+// Explorer compatibility.
+func NewCookie(name, value string, options *Options) *http.Cookie {
+	cookie := &http.Cookie{
+		Name:     name,
+		Value:    value,
+		Path:     options.Path,
+		Domain:   options.Domain,
+		MaxAge:   options.MaxAge,
+		Secure:   options.Secure,
+		HttpOnly: options.HttpOnly,
+	}
+	if options.MaxAge > 0 {
+		d := time.Duration(options.MaxAge) * time.Second
+		cookie.Expires = time.Now().Add(d)
+	} else if options.MaxAge < 0 {
+		// Set it to the past to expire now.
+		cookie.Expires = time.Unix(1, 0)
+	}
+	return cookie
+}
+
+// Error ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// MultiError stores multiple errors.
+//
+// Borrowed from the App Engine SDK.
+type MultiError []error
+
+func (m MultiError) Error() string {
+	s, n := "", 0
+	for _, e := range m {
+		if e != nil {
+			if n == 0 {
+				s = e.Error()
+			}
+			n++
+		}
+	}
+	switch n {
+	case 0:
+		return "(0 errors)"
+	case 1:
+		return s
+	case 2:
+		return s + " (and 1 other error)"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s (and %d other errors)", s, n-1)
+}

vendor/github.com/gorilla/sessions/store.go

@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package sessions
+
+import (
+	"encoding/base32"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"net/http"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+
+	"github.com/gorilla/securecookie"
+)
+
+// Store is an interface for custom session stores.
+//
+// See CookieStore and FilesystemStore for examples.
+type Store interface {
+	// Get should return a cached session.
+	Get(r *http.Request, name string) (*Session, error)
+
+	// New should create and return a new session.
+	//
+	// Note that New should never return a nil session, even in the case of
+	// an error if using the Registry infrastructure to cache the session.
+	New(r *http.Request, name string) (*Session, error)
+
+	// Save should persist session to the underlying store implementation.
+	Save(r *http.Request, w http.ResponseWriter, s *Session) error
+}
+
+// CookieStore ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// NewCookieStore returns a new CookieStore.
+//
+// Keys are defined in pairs to allow key rotation, but the common case is
+// to set a single authentication key and optionally an encryption key.
+//
+// The first key in a pair is used for authentication and the second for
+// encryption. The encryption key can be set to nil or omitted in the last
+// pair, but the authentication key is required in all pairs.
+//
+// It is recommended to use an authentication key with 32 or 64 bytes.
+// The encryption key, if set, must be either 16, 24, or 32 bytes to select
+// AES-128, AES-192, or AES-256 modes.
+//
+// Use the convenience function securecookie.GenerateRandomKey() to create
+// strong keys.
+func NewCookieStore(keyPairs ...[]byte) *CookieStore {
+	cs := &CookieStore{
+		Codecs: securecookie.CodecsFromPairs(keyPairs...),
+		Options: &Options{
+			Path:   "/",
+			MaxAge: 86400 * 30,
+		},
+	}
+
+	cs.MaxAge(cs.Options.MaxAge)
+	return cs
+}
+
+// CookieStore stores sessions using secure cookies.
+type CookieStore struct {
+	Codecs  []securecookie.Codec
+	Options *Options // default configuration
+}
+
+// Get returns a session for the given name after adding it to the registry.
+//
+// It returns a new session if the sessions doesn't exist. Access IsNew on
+// the session to check if it is an existing session or a new one.
+//
+// It returns a new session and an error if the session exists but could
+// not be decoded.
+func (s *CookieStore) Get(r *http.Request, name string) (*Session, error) {
+	return GetRegistry(r).Get(s, name)
+}
+
+// New returns a session for the given name without adding it to the registry.
+//
+// The difference between New() and Get() is that calling New() twice will
+// decode the session data twice, while Get() registers and reuses the same
+// decoded session after the first call.
+func (s *CookieStore) New(r *http.Request, name string) (*Session, error) {
+	session := NewSession(s, name)
+	opts := *s.Options
+	session.Options = &opts
+	session.IsNew = true
+	var err error
+	if c, errCookie := r.Cookie(name); errCookie == nil {
+		err = securecookie.DecodeMulti(name, c.Value, &session.Values,
+			s.Codecs...)
+		if err == nil {
+			session.IsNew = false
+		}
+	}
+	return session, err
+}
+
+// Save adds a single session to the response.
+func (s *CookieStore) Save(r *http.Request, w http.ResponseWriter,
+	session *Session) error {
+	encoded, err := securecookie.EncodeMulti(session.Name(), session.Values,
+		s.Codecs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	http.SetCookie(w, NewCookie(session.Name(), encoded, session.Options))
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MaxAge sets the maximum age for the store and the underlying cookie
+// implementation. Individual sessions can be deleted by setting Options.MaxAge
+// = -1 for that session.
+func (s *CookieStore) MaxAge(age int) {
+	s.Options.MaxAge = age
+
+	// Set the maxAge for each securecookie instance.
+	for _, codec := range s.Codecs {
+		if sc, ok := codec.(*securecookie.SecureCookie); ok {
+			sc.MaxAge(age)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// FilesystemStore ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+var fileMutex sync.RWMutex
+
+// NewFilesystemStore returns a new FilesystemStore.
+//
+// The path argument is the directory where sessions will be saved. If empty
+// it will use os.TempDir().
+//
+// See NewCookieStore() for a description of the other parameters.
+func NewFilesystemStore(path string, keyPairs ...[]byte) *FilesystemStore {
+	if path == "" {
+		path = os.TempDir()
+	}
+	fs := &FilesystemStore{
+		Codecs: securecookie.CodecsFromPairs(keyPairs...),
+		Options: &Options{
+			Path:   "/",
+			MaxAge: 86400 * 30,
+		},
+		path: path,
+	}
+
+	fs.MaxAge(fs.Options.MaxAge)
+	return fs
+}
+
+// FilesystemStore stores sessions in the filesystem.
+//
+// It also serves as a reference for custom stores.
+//
+// This store is still experimental and not well tested. Feedback is welcome.
+type FilesystemStore struct {
+	Codecs  []securecookie.Codec
+	Options *Options // default configuration
+	path    string
+}
+
+// MaxLength restricts the maximum length of new sessions to l.
+// If l is 0 there is no limit to the size of a session, use with caution.
+// The default for a new FilesystemStore is 4096.
+func (s *FilesystemStore) MaxLength(l int) {
+	for _, c := range s.Codecs {
+		if codec, ok := c.(*securecookie.SecureCookie); ok {
+			codec.MaxLength(l)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Get returns a session for the given name after adding it to the registry.
+//
+// See CookieStore.Get().
+func (s *FilesystemStore) Get(r *http.Request, name string) (*Session, error) {
+	return GetRegistry(r).Get(s, name)
+}
+
+// New returns a session for the given name without adding it to the registry.
+//
+// See CookieStore.New().
+func (s *FilesystemStore) New(r *http.Request, name string) (*Session, error) {
+	session := NewSession(s, name)
+	opts := *s.Options
+	session.Options = &opts
+	session.IsNew = true
+	var err error
+	if c, errCookie := r.Cookie(name); errCookie == nil {
+		err = securecookie.DecodeMulti(name, c.Value, &session.ID, s.Codecs...)
+		if err == nil {
+			err = s.load(session)
+			if err == nil {
+				session.IsNew = false
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return session, err
+}
+
+// Save adds a single session to the response.
+//
+// If the Options.MaxAge of the session is <= 0 then the session file will be
+// deleted from the store path. With this process it enforces the properly
+// session cookie handling so no need to trust in the cookie management in the
+// web browser.
+func (s *FilesystemStore) Save(r *http.Request, w http.ResponseWriter,
+	session *Session) error {
+	// Delete if max-age is <= 0
+	if session.Options.MaxAge <= 0 {
+		if err := s.erase(session); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		http.SetCookie(w, NewCookie(session.Name(), "", session.Options))
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if session.ID == "" {
+		// Because the ID is used in the filename, encode it to
+		// use alphanumeric characters only.
+		session.ID = strings.TrimRight(
+			base32.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(
+				securecookie.GenerateRandomKey(32)), "=")
+	}
+	if err := s.save(session); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	encoded, err := securecookie.EncodeMulti(session.Name(), session.ID,
+		s.Codecs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	http.SetCookie(w, NewCookie(session.Name(), encoded, session.Options))
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MaxAge sets the maximum age for the store and the underlying cookie
+// implementation. Individual sessions can be deleted by setting Options.MaxAge
+// = -1 for that session.
+func (s *FilesystemStore) MaxAge(age int) {
+	s.Options.MaxAge = age
+
+	// Set the maxAge for each securecookie instance.
+	for _, codec := range s.Codecs {
+		if sc, ok := codec.(*securecookie.SecureCookie); ok {
+			sc.MaxAge(age)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// save writes encoded session.Values to a file.
+func (s *FilesystemStore) save(session *Session) error {
+	encoded, err := securecookie.EncodeMulti(session.Name(), session.Values,
+		s.Codecs...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	filename := filepath.Join(s.path, "session_"+session.ID)
+	fileMutex.Lock()
+	defer fileMutex.Unlock()
+	return ioutil.WriteFile(filename, []byte(encoded), 0600)
+}
+
+// load reads a file and decodes its content into session.Values.
+func (s *FilesystemStore) load(session *Session) error {
+	filename := filepath.Join(s.path, "session_"+session.ID)
+	fileMutex.RLock()
+	defer fileMutex.RUnlock()
+	fdata, err := ioutil.ReadFile(filename)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err = securecookie.DecodeMulti(session.Name(), string(fdata),
+		&session.Values, s.Codecs...); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// delete session file
+func (s *FilesystemStore) erase(session *Session) error {
+	filename := filepath.Join(s.path, "session_"+session.ID)
+
+	fileMutex.RLock()
+	defer fileMutex.RUnlock()
+
+	err := os.Remove(filename)
+	return err
+}

vendor/github.com/justinas/alice/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+language: go
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - go: 1.0
+    - go: 1.1
+    - go: 1.2
+    - go: 1.3
+    - go: 1.4
+    - go: 1.5
+    - go: 1.6
+    - go: 1.7
+    - go: tip
+  allow_failures:
+    - go: tip

vendor/github.com/justinas/alice/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 Justinas Stankevicius
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

vendor/github.com/justinas/alice/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# Alice 
+
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/golang/gddo?status.svg)](http://godoc.org/github.com/justinas/alice)
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/justinas/alice.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/justinas/alice)
+[![Coverage](http://gocover.io/_badge/github.com/justinas/alice)](http://gocover.io/github.com/justinas/alice)
+
+Alice provides a convenient way to chain 
+your HTTP middleware functions and the app handler.
+
+In short, it transforms
+
+```go
+Middleware1(Middleware2(Middleware3(App)))
+```
+
+to
+
+```go
+alice.New(Middleware1, Middleware2, Middleware3).Then(App)
+```
+
+### Why?
+
+None of the other middleware chaining solutions
+behaves exactly like Alice.
+Alice is as minimal as it gets:
+in essence, it's just a for loop that does the wrapping for you.
+
+Check out [this blog post](http://justinas.org/alice-painless-middleware-chaining-for-go/)
+for explanation how Alice is different from other chaining solutions.
+
+### Usage
+
+Your middleware constructors should have the form of
+
+```go
+func (http.Handler) http.Handler
+```
+
+Some middleware provide this out of the box.
+For ones that don't, it's trivial to write one yourself.
+
+```go
+func myStripPrefix(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+    return http.StripPrefix("/old", h)
+}
+```
+
+This complete example shows the full power of Alice.
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+    "net/http"
+    "time"
+
+    "github.com/throttled/throttled"
+    "github.com/justinas/alice"
+    "github.com/justinas/nosurf"
+)
+
+func timeoutHandler(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+    return http.TimeoutHandler(h, 1*time.Second, "timed out")
+}
+
+func myApp(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+    w.Write([]byte("Hello world!"))
+}
+
+func main() {
+    th := throttled.Interval(throttled.PerSec(10), 1, &throttled.VaryBy{Path: true}, 50)
+    myHandler := http.HandlerFunc(myApp)
+
+    chain := alice.New(th.Throttle, timeoutHandler, nosurf.NewPure).Then(myHandler)
+    http.ListenAndServe(":8000", chain)
+}
+```
+
+Here, the request will pass [throttled](https://github.com/PuerkitoBio/throttled) first,
+then an http.TimeoutHandler we've set up,
+then [nosurf](https://github.com/justinas/nosurf)
+and will finally reach our handler.
+
+Note that Alice makes **no guarantees** for
+how one or another piece of  middleware will behave.
+Once it passes the execution to the outer layer of middleware,
+it has no saying in whether middleware will execute the inner handlers.
+This is intentional behavior.
+
+Alice works with Go 1.0 and higher.
+
+### Contributing
+
+0. Find an issue that bugs you / open a new one.
+1. Discuss.
+2. Branch off, commit, test.
+3. Make a pull request / attach the commits to the issue.

vendor/github.com/justinas/alice/chain.go

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+// Package alice provides a convenient way to chain http handlers.
+package alice
+
+import "net/http"
+
+// A constructor for a piece of middleware.
+// Some middleware use this constructor out of the box,
+// so in most cases you can just pass somepackage.New
+type Constructor func(http.Handler) http.Handler
+
+// Chain acts as a list of http.Handler constructors.
+// Chain is effectively immutable:
+// once created, it will always hold
+// the same set of constructors in the same order.
+type Chain struct {
+	constructors []Constructor
+}
+
+// New creates a new chain,
+// memorizing the given list of middleware constructors.
+// New serves no other function,
+// constructors are only called upon a call to Then().
+func New(constructors ...Constructor) Chain {
+	return Chain{append(([]Constructor)(nil), constructors...)}
+}
+
+// Then chains the middleware and returns the final http.Handler.
+//     New(m1, m2, m3).Then(h)
+// is equivalent to:
+//     m1(m2(m3(h)))
+// When the request comes in, it will be passed to m1, then m2, then m3
+// and finally, the given handler
+// (assuming every middleware calls the following one).
+//
+// A chain can be safely reused by calling Then() several times.
+//     stdStack := alice.New(ratelimitHandler, csrfHandler)
+//     indexPipe = stdStack.Then(indexHandler)
+//     authPipe = stdStack.Then(authHandler)
+// Note that constructors are called on every call to Then()
+// and thus several instances of the same middleware will be created
+// when a chain is reused in this way.
+// For proper middleware, this should cause no problems.
+//
+// Then() treats nil as http.DefaultServeMux.
+func (c Chain) Then(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	if h == nil {
+		h = http.DefaultServeMux
+	}
+
+	for i := range c.constructors {
+		h = c.constructors[len(c.constructors)-1-i](h)
+	}
+
+	return h
+}
+
+// ThenFunc works identically to Then, but takes
+// a HandlerFunc instead of a Handler.
+//
+// The following two statements are equivalent:
+//     c.Then(http.HandlerFunc(fn))
+//     c.ThenFunc(fn)
+//
+// ThenFunc provides all the guarantees of Then.
+func (c Chain) ThenFunc(fn http.HandlerFunc) http.Handler {
+	if fn == nil {
+		return c.Then(nil)
+	}
+	return c.Then(fn)
+}
+
+// Append extends a chain, adding the specified constructors
+// as the last ones in the request flow.
+//
+// Append returns a new chain, leaving the original one untouched.
+//
+//     stdChain := alice.New(m1, m2)
+//     extChain := stdChain.Append(m3, m4)
+//     // requests in stdChain go m1 -> m2
+//     // requests in extChain go m1 -> m2 -> m3 -> m4
+func (c Chain) Append(constructors ...Constructor) Chain {
+	newCons := make([]Constructor, 0, len(c.constructors)+len(constructors))
+	newCons = append(newCons, c.constructors...)
+	newCons = append(newCons, constructors...)
+
+	return Chain{newCons}
+}
+
+// Extend extends a chain by adding the specified chain
+// as the last one in the request flow.
+//
+// Extend returns a new chain, leaving the original one untouched.
+//
+//     stdChain := alice.New(m1, m2)
+//     ext1Chain := alice.New(m3, m4)
+//     ext2Chain := stdChain.Extend(ext1Chain)
+//     // requests in stdChain go  m1 -> m2
+//     // requests in ext1Chain go m3 -> m4
+//     // requests in ext2Chain go m1 -> m2 -> m3 -> m4
+//
+// Another example:
+//  aHtmlAfterNosurf := alice.New(m2)
+// 	aHtml := alice.New(m1, func(h http.Handler) http.Handler {
+// 		csrf := nosurf.New(h)
+// 		csrf.SetFailureHandler(aHtmlAfterNosurf.ThenFunc(csrfFail))
+// 		return csrf
+// 	}).Extend(aHtmlAfterNosurf)
+//		// requests to aHtml hitting nosurfs success handler go m1 -> nosurf -> m2 -> target-handler
+//		// requests to aHtml hitting nosurfs failure handler go m1 -> nosurf -> m2 -> csrfFail
+func (c Chain) Extend(chain Chain) Chain {
+	return c.Append(chain.constructors...)
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+language: go
+
+go:
+  - 1.4.3
+  - 1.5.3
+  - tip
+
+script:
+  - go test -v ./...

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# How to contribute
+
+We definitely welcome patches and contribution to this project!
+
+### Legal requirements
+
+In order to protect both you and ourselves, you will need to sign the
+[Contributor License Agreement](https://cla.developers.google.com/clas).
+
+You may have already signed it for other Google projects.

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/CONTRIBUTORS

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Paul Borman <borman@google.com>

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2009,2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+   * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This project was automatically exported from code.google.com/p/go-uuid
+
+# uuid ![build status](https://travis-ci.org/pborman/uuid.svg?branch=master)
+The uuid package generates and inspects UUIDs based on [RFC 4122](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122) and DCE 1.1: Authentication and Security Services. 
+
+###### Install
+`go get github.com/pborman/uuid`
+
+###### Documentation 
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/pborman/uuid?status.svg)](http://godoc.org/github.com/pborman/uuid)
+
+Full `go doc` style documentation for the package can be viewed online without installing this package by using the GoDoc site here: 
+http://godoc.org/github.com/pborman/uuid

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/dce.go

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+)
+
+// A Domain represents a Version 2 domain
+type Domain byte
+
+// Domain constants for DCE Security (Version 2) UUIDs.
+const (
+	Person = Domain(0)
+	Group  = Domain(1)
+	Org    = Domain(2)
+)
+
+// NewDCESecurity returns a DCE Security (Version 2) UUID.
+//
+// The domain should be one of Person, Group or Org.
+// On a POSIX system the id should be the users UID for the Person
+// domain and the users GID for the Group.  The meaning of id for
+// the domain Org or on non-POSIX systems is site defined.
+//
+// For a given domain/id pair the same token may be returned for up to
+// 7 minutes and 10 seconds.
+func NewDCESecurity(domain Domain, id uint32) UUID {
+	uuid := NewUUID()
+	if uuid != nil {
+		uuid[6] = (uuid[6] & 0x0f) | 0x20 // Version 2
+		uuid[9] = byte(domain)
+		binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(uuid[0:], id)
+	}
+	return uuid
+}
+
+// NewDCEPerson returns a DCE Security (Version 2) UUID in the person
+// domain with the id returned by os.Getuid.
+//
+//  NewDCEPerson(Person, uint32(os.Getuid()))
+func NewDCEPerson() UUID {
+	return NewDCESecurity(Person, uint32(os.Getuid()))
+}
+
+// NewDCEGroup returns a DCE Security (Version 2) UUID in the group
+// domain with the id returned by os.Getgid.
+//
+//  NewDCEGroup(Group, uint32(os.Getgid()))
+func NewDCEGroup() UUID {
+	return NewDCESecurity(Group, uint32(os.Getgid()))
+}
+
+// Domain returns the domain for a Version 2 UUID or false.
+func (uuid UUID) Domain() (Domain, bool) {
+	if v, _ := uuid.Version(); v != 2 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	return Domain(uuid[9]), true
+}
+
+// Id returns the id for a Version 2 UUID or false.
+func (uuid UUID) Id() (uint32, bool) {
+	if v, _ := uuid.Version(); v != 2 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	return binary.BigEndian.Uint32(uuid[0:4]), true
+}
+
+func (d Domain) String() string {
+	switch d {
+	case Person:
+		return "Person"
+	case Group:
+		return "Group"
+	case Org:
+		return "Org"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("Domain%d", int(d))
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// The uuid package generates and inspects UUIDs.
+//
+// UUIDs are based on RFC 4122 and DCE 1.1: Authentication and Security Services.
+package uuid

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/hash.go

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"crypto/md5"
+	"crypto/sha1"
+	"hash"
+)
+
+// Well known Name Space IDs and UUIDs
+var (
+	NameSpace_DNS  = Parse("6ba7b810-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+	NameSpace_URL  = Parse("6ba7b811-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+	NameSpace_OID  = Parse("6ba7b812-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+	NameSpace_X500 = Parse("6ba7b814-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+	NIL            = Parse("00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000")
+)
+
+// NewHash returns a new UUID derived from the hash of space concatenated with
+// data generated by h.  The hash should be at least 16 byte in length.  The
+// first 16 bytes of the hash are used to form the UUID.  The version of the
+// UUID will be the lower 4 bits of version.  NewHash is used to implement
+// NewMD5 and NewSHA1.
+func NewHash(h hash.Hash, space UUID, data []byte, version int) UUID {
+	h.Reset()
+	h.Write(space)
+	h.Write([]byte(data))
+	s := h.Sum(nil)
+	uuid := make([]byte, 16)
+	copy(uuid, s)
+	uuid[6] = (uuid[6] & 0x0f) | uint8((version&0xf)<<4)
+	uuid[8] = (uuid[8] & 0x3f) | 0x80 // RFC 4122 variant
+	return uuid
+}
+
+// NewMD5 returns a new MD5 (Version 3) UUID based on the
+// supplied name space and data.
+//
+//  NewHash(md5.New(), space, data, 3)
+func NewMD5(space UUID, data []byte) UUID {
+	return NewHash(md5.New(), space, data, 3)
+}
+
+// NewSHA1 returns a new SHA1 (Version 5) UUID based on the
+// supplied name space and data.
+//
+//  NewHash(sha1.New(), space, data, 5)
+func NewSHA1(space UUID, data []byte) UUID {
+	return NewHash(sha1.New(), space, data, 5)
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/marshal.go

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+// Copyright 2016 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// MarshalText implements encoding.TextMarshaler.
+func (u UUID) MarshalText() ([]byte, error) {
+	if len(u) != 16 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+	var js [36]byte
+	encodeHex(js[:], u)
+	return js[:], nil
+}
+
+// UnmarshalText implements encoding.TextUnmarshaler.
+func (u *UUID) UnmarshalText(data []byte) error {
+	if len(data) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	id := Parse(string(data))
+	if id == nil {
+		return errors.New("invalid UUID")
+	}
+	*u = id
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MarshalBinary implements encoding.BinaryMarshaler.
+func (u UUID) MarshalBinary() ([]byte, error) {
+	return u[:], nil
+}
+
+// UnmarshalBinary implements encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler.
+func (u *UUID) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error {
+	if len(data) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if len(data) != 16 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("invalid UUID (got %d bytes)", len(data))
+	}
+	var id [16]byte
+	copy(id[:], data)
+	*u = id[:]
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MarshalText implements encoding.TextMarshaler.
+func (u Array) MarshalText() ([]byte, error) {
+	var js [36]byte
+	encodeHex(js[:], u[:])
+	return js[:], nil
+}
+
+// UnmarshalText implements encoding.TextUnmarshaler.
+func (u *Array) UnmarshalText(data []byte) error {
+	id := Parse(string(data))
+	if id == nil {
+		return errors.New("invalid UUID")
+	}
+	*u = id.Array()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MarshalBinary implements encoding.BinaryMarshaler.
+func (u Array) MarshalBinary() ([]byte, error) {
+	return u[:], nil
+}
+
+// UnmarshalBinary implements encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler.
+func (u *Array) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error {
+	if len(data) != 16 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("invalid UUID (got %d bytes)", len(data))
+	}
+	copy(u[:], data)
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/node.go

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"net"
+	"sync"
+)
+
+var (
+	nodeMu     sync.Mutex
+	interfaces []net.Interface // cached list of interfaces
+	ifname     string          // name of interface being used
+	nodeID     []byte          // hardware for version 1 UUIDs
+)
+
+// NodeInterface returns the name of the interface from which the NodeID was
+// derived.  The interface "user" is returned if the NodeID was set by
+// SetNodeID.
+func NodeInterface() string {
+	defer nodeMu.Unlock()
+	nodeMu.Lock()
+	return ifname
+}
+
+// SetNodeInterface selects the hardware address to be used for Version 1 UUIDs.
+// If name is "" then the first usable interface found will be used or a random
+// Node ID will be generated.  If a named interface cannot be found then false
+// is returned.
+//
+// SetNodeInterface never fails when name is "".
+func SetNodeInterface(name string) bool {
+	defer nodeMu.Unlock()
+	nodeMu.Lock()
+	return setNodeInterface(name)
+}
+
+func setNodeInterface(name string) bool {
+	if interfaces == nil {
+		var err error
+		interfaces, err = net.Interfaces()
+		if err != nil && name != "" {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+
+	for _, ifs := range interfaces {
+		if len(ifs.HardwareAddr) >= 6 && (name == "" || name == ifs.Name) {
+			if setNodeID(ifs.HardwareAddr) {
+				ifname = ifs.Name
+				return true
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// We found no interfaces with a valid hardware address.  If name
+	// does not specify a specific interface generate a random Node ID
+	// (section 4.1.6)
+	if name == "" {
+		if nodeID == nil {
+			nodeID = make([]byte, 6)
+		}
+		randomBits(nodeID)
+		return true
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// NodeID returns a slice of a copy of the current Node ID, setting the Node ID
+// if not already set.
+func NodeID() []byte {
+	defer nodeMu.Unlock()
+	nodeMu.Lock()
+	if nodeID == nil {
+		setNodeInterface("")
+	}
+	nid := make([]byte, 6)
+	copy(nid, nodeID)
+	return nid
+}
+
+// SetNodeID sets the Node ID to be used for Version 1 UUIDs.  The first 6 bytes
+// of id are used.  If id is less than 6 bytes then false is returned and the
+// Node ID is not set.
+func SetNodeID(id []byte) bool {
+	defer nodeMu.Unlock()
+	nodeMu.Lock()
+	if setNodeID(id) {
+		ifname = "user"
+		return true
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+func setNodeID(id []byte) bool {
+	if len(id) < 6 {
+		return false
+	}
+	if nodeID == nil {
+		nodeID = make([]byte, 6)
+	}
+	copy(nodeID, id)
+	return true
+}
+
+// NodeID returns the 6 byte node id encoded in uuid.  It returns nil if uuid is
+// not valid.  The NodeID is only well defined for version 1 and 2 UUIDs.
+func (uuid UUID) NodeID() []byte {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	node := make([]byte, 6)
+	copy(node, uuid[10:])
+	return node
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/sql.go

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+// Copyright 2015 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"database/sql/driver"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Scan implements sql.Scanner so UUIDs can be read from databases transparently
+// Currently, database types that map to string and []byte are supported. Please
+// consult database-specific driver documentation for matching types.
+func (uuid *UUID) Scan(src interface{}) error {
+	switch src.(type) {
+	case string:
+		// if an empty UUID comes from a table, we return a null UUID
+		if src.(string) == "" {
+			return nil
+		}
+
+		// see uuid.Parse for required string format
+		parsed := Parse(src.(string))
+
+		if parsed == nil {
+			return errors.New("Scan: invalid UUID format")
+		}
+
+		*uuid = parsed
+	case []byte:
+		b := src.([]byte)
+
+		// if an empty UUID comes from a table, we return a null UUID
+		if len(b) == 0 {
+			return nil
+		}
+
+		// assumes a simple slice of bytes if 16 bytes
+		// otherwise attempts to parse
+		if len(b) == 16 {
+			*uuid = UUID(b)
+		} else {
+			u := Parse(string(b))
+
+			if u == nil {
+				return errors.New("Scan: invalid UUID format")
+			}
+
+			*uuid = u
+		}
+
+	default:
+		return fmt.Errorf("Scan: unable to scan type %T into UUID", src)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Value implements sql.Valuer so that UUIDs can be written to databases
+// transparently. Currently, UUIDs map to strings. Please consult
+// database-specific driver documentation for matching types.
+func (uuid UUID) Value() (driver.Value, error) {
+	return uuid.String(), nil
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/time.go

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// A Time represents a time as the number of 100's of nanoseconds since 15 Oct
+// 1582.
+type Time int64
+
+const (
+	lillian    = 2299160          // Julian day of 15 Oct 1582
+	unix       = 2440587          // Julian day of 1 Jan 1970
+	epoch      = unix - lillian   // Days between epochs
+	g1582      = epoch * 86400    // seconds between epochs
+	g1582ns100 = g1582 * 10000000 // 100s of a nanoseconds between epochs
+)
+
+var (
+	timeMu    sync.Mutex
+	lasttime  uint64 // last time we returned
+	clock_seq uint16 // clock sequence for this run
+
+	timeNow = time.Now // for testing
+)
+
+// UnixTime converts t the number of seconds and nanoseconds using the Unix
+// epoch of 1 Jan 1970.
+func (t Time) UnixTime() (sec, nsec int64) {
+	sec = int64(t - g1582ns100)
+	nsec = (sec % 10000000) * 100
+	sec /= 10000000
+	return sec, nsec
+}
+
+// GetTime returns the current Time (100s of nanoseconds since 15 Oct 1582) and
+// clock sequence as well as adjusting the clock sequence as needed.  An error
+// is returned if the current time cannot be determined.
+func GetTime() (Time, uint16, error) {
+	defer timeMu.Unlock()
+	timeMu.Lock()
+	return getTime()
+}
+
+func getTime() (Time, uint16, error) {
+	t := timeNow()
+
+	// If we don't have a clock sequence already, set one.
+	if clock_seq == 0 {
+		setClockSequence(-1)
+	}
+	now := uint64(t.UnixNano()/100) + g1582ns100
+
+	// If time has gone backwards with this clock sequence then we
+	// increment the clock sequence
+	if now <= lasttime {
+		clock_seq = ((clock_seq + 1) & 0x3fff) | 0x8000
+	}
+	lasttime = now
+	return Time(now), clock_seq, nil
+}
+
+// ClockSequence returns the current clock sequence, generating one if not
+// already set.  The clock sequence is only used for Version 1 UUIDs.
+//
+// The uuid package does not use global static storage for the clock sequence or
+// the last time a UUID was generated.  Unless SetClockSequence a new random
+// clock sequence is generated the first time a clock sequence is requested by
+// ClockSequence, GetTime, or NewUUID.  (section 4.2.1.1) sequence is generated
+// for
+func ClockSequence() int {
+	defer timeMu.Unlock()
+	timeMu.Lock()
+	return clockSequence()
+}
+
+func clockSequence() int {
+	if clock_seq == 0 {
+		setClockSequence(-1)
+	}
+	return int(clock_seq & 0x3fff)
+}
+
+// SetClockSeq sets the clock sequence to the lower 14 bits of seq.  Setting to
+// -1 causes a new sequence to be generated.
+func SetClockSequence(seq int) {
+	defer timeMu.Unlock()
+	timeMu.Lock()
+	setClockSequence(seq)
+}
+
+func setClockSequence(seq int) {
+	if seq == -1 {
+		var b [2]byte
+		randomBits(b[:]) // clock sequence
+		seq = int(b[0])<<8 | int(b[1])
+	}
+	old_seq := clock_seq
+	clock_seq = uint16(seq&0x3fff) | 0x8000 // Set our variant
+	if old_seq != clock_seq {
+		lasttime = 0
+	}
+}
+
+// Time returns the time in 100s of nanoseconds since 15 Oct 1582 encoded in
+// uuid.  It returns false if uuid is not valid.  The time is only well defined
+// for version 1 and 2 UUIDs.
+func (uuid UUID) Time() (Time, bool) {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	time := int64(binary.BigEndian.Uint32(uuid[0:4]))
+	time |= int64(binary.BigEndian.Uint16(uuid[4:6])) << 32
+	time |= int64(binary.BigEndian.Uint16(uuid[6:8])&0xfff) << 48
+	return Time(time), true
+}
+
+// ClockSequence returns the clock sequence encoded in uuid.  It returns false
+// if uuid is not valid.  The clock sequence is only well defined for version 1
+// and 2 UUIDs.
+func (uuid UUID) ClockSequence() (int, bool) {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	return int(binary.BigEndian.Uint16(uuid[8:10])) & 0x3fff, true
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/util.go

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"io"
+)
+
+// randomBits completely fills slice b with random data.
+func randomBits(b []byte) {
+	if _, err := io.ReadFull(rander, b); err != nil {
+		panic(err.Error()) // rand should never fail
+	}
+}
+
+// xvalues returns the value of a byte as a hexadecimal digit or 255.
+var xvalues = [256]byte{
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+}
+
+// xtob converts the the first two hex bytes of x into a byte.
+func xtob(x string) (byte, bool) {
+	b1 := xvalues[x[0]]
+	b2 := xvalues[x[1]]
+	return (b1 << 4) | b2, b1 != 255 && b2 != 255
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/uuid.go

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Array is a pass-by-value UUID that can be used as an effecient key in a map.
+type Array [16]byte
+
+// UUID converts uuid into a slice.
+func (uuid Array) UUID() UUID {
+	return uuid[:]
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation of uuid,
+// xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
+func (uuid Array) String() string {
+	return uuid.UUID().String()
+}
+
+// A UUID is a 128 bit (16 byte) Universal Unique IDentifier as defined in RFC
+// 4122.
+type UUID []byte
+
+// A Version represents a UUIDs version.
+type Version byte
+
+// A Variant represents a UUIDs variant.
+type Variant byte
+
+// Constants returned by Variant.
+const (
+	Invalid   = Variant(iota) // Invalid UUID
+	RFC4122                   // The variant specified in RFC4122
+	Reserved                  // Reserved, NCS backward compatibility.
+	Microsoft                 // Reserved, Microsoft Corporation backward compatibility.
+	Future                    // Reserved for future definition.
+)
+
+var rander = rand.Reader // random function
+
+// New returns a new random (version 4) UUID as a string.  It is a convenience
+// function for NewRandom().String().
+func New() string {
+	return NewRandom().String()
+}
+
+// Parse decodes s into a UUID or returns nil.  Both the UUID form of
+// xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx and
+// urn:uuid:xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx are decoded.
+func Parse(s string) UUID {
+	if len(s) == 36+9 {
+		if strings.ToLower(s[:9]) != "urn:uuid:" {
+			return nil
+		}
+		s = s[9:]
+	} else if len(s) != 36 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if s[8] != '-' || s[13] != '-' || s[18] != '-' || s[23] != '-' {
+		return nil
+	}
+	var uuid [16]byte
+	for i, x := range [16]int{
+		0, 2, 4, 6,
+		9, 11,
+		14, 16,
+		19, 21,
+		24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34} {
+		if v, ok := xtob(s[x:]); !ok {
+			return nil
+		} else {
+			uuid[i] = v
+		}
+	}
+	return uuid[:]
+}
+
+// Equal returns true if uuid1 and uuid2 are equal.
+func Equal(uuid1, uuid2 UUID) bool {
+	return bytes.Equal(uuid1, uuid2)
+}
+
+// Array returns an array representation of uuid that can be used as a map key.
+// Array panics if uuid is not valid.
+func (uuid UUID) Array() Array {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		panic("invalid uuid")
+	}
+	var a Array
+	copy(a[:], uuid)
+	return a
+}
+
+// String returns the string form of uuid, xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx
+// , or "" if uuid is invalid.
+func (uuid UUID) String() string {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		return ""
+	}
+	var buf [36]byte
+	encodeHex(buf[:], uuid)
+	return string(buf[:])
+}
+
+// URN returns the RFC 2141 URN form of uuid,
+// urn:uuid:xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx,  or "" if uuid is invalid.
+func (uuid UUID) URN() string {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		return ""
+	}
+	var buf [36 + 9]byte
+	copy(buf[:], "urn:uuid:")
+	encodeHex(buf[9:], uuid)
+	return string(buf[:])
+}
+
+func encodeHex(dst []byte, uuid UUID) {
+	hex.Encode(dst[:], uuid[:4])
+	dst[8] = '-'
+	hex.Encode(dst[9:13], uuid[4:6])
+	dst[13] = '-'
+	hex.Encode(dst[14:18], uuid[6:8])
+	dst[18] = '-'
+	hex.Encode(dst[19:23], uuid[8:10])
+	dst[23] = '-'
+	hex.Encode(dst[24:], uuid[10:])
+}
+
+// Variant returns the variant encoded in uuid.  It returns Invalid if
+// uuid is invalid.
+func (uuid UUID) Variant() Variant {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		return Invalid
+	}
+	switch {
+	case (uuid[8] & 0xc0) == 0x80:
+		return RFC4122
+	case (uuid[8] & 0xe0) == 0xc0:
+		return Microsoft
+	case (uuid[8] & 0xe0) == 0xe0:
+		return Future
+	default:
+		return Reserved
+	}
+}
+
+// Version returns the version of uuid.  It returns false if uuid is not
+// valid.
+func (uuid UUID) Version() (Version, bool) {
+	if len(uuid) != 16 {
+		return 0, false
+	}
+	return Version(uuid[6] >> 4), true
+}
+
+func (v Version) String() string {
+	if v > 15 {
+		return fmt.Sprintf("BAD_VERSION_%d", v)
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("VERSION_%d", v)
+}
+
+func (v Variant) String() string {
+	switch v {
+	case RFC4122:
+		return "RFC4122"
+	case Reserved:
+		return "Reserved"
+	case Microsoft:
+		return "Microsoft"
+	case Future:
+		return "Future"
+	case Invalid:
+		return "Invalid"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("BadVariant%d", int(v))
+}
+
+// SetRand sets the random number generator to r, which implements io.Reader.
+// If r.Read returns an error when the package requests random data then
+// a panic will be issued.
+//
+// Calling SetRand with nil sets the random number generator to the default
+// generator.
+func SetRand(r io.Reader) {
+	if r == nil {
+		rander = rand.Reader
+		return
+	}
+	rander = r
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/version1.go

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+import (
+	"encoding/binary"
+)
+
+// NewUUID returns a Version 1 UUID based on the current NodeID and clock
+// sequence, and the current time.  If the NodeID has not been set by SetNodeID
+// or SetNodeInterface then it will be set automatically.  If the NodeID cannot
+// be set NewUUID returns nil.  If clock sequence has not been set by
+// SetClockSequence then it will be set automatically.  If GetTime fails to
+// return the current NewUUID returns nil.
+func NewUUID() UUID {
+	if nodeID == nil {
+		SetNodeInterface("")
+	}
+
+	now, seq, err := GetTime()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	uuid := make([]byte, 16)
+
+	time_low := uint32(now & 0xffffffff)
+	time_mid := uint16((now >> 32) & 0xffff)
+	time_hi := uint16((now >> 48) & 0x0fff)
+	time_hi |= 0x1000 // Version 1
+
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(uuid[0:], time_low)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(uuid[4:], time_mid)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(uuid[6:], time_hi)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(uuid[8:], seq)
+	copy(uuid[10:], nodeID)
+
+	return uuid
+}

vendor/github.com/pborman/uuid/version4.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc.  All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uuid
+
+// Random returns a Random (Version 4) UUID or panics.
+//
+// The strength of the UUIDs is based on the strength of the crypto/rand
+// package.
+//
+// A note about uniqueness derived from from the UUID Wikipedia entry:
+//
+//  Randomly generated UUIDs have 122 random bits.  One's annual risk of being
+//  hit by a meteorite is estimated to be one chance in 17 billion, that
+//  means the probability is about 0.00000000006 (6 × 10−11),
+//  equivalent to the odds of creating a few tens of trillions of UUIDs in a
+//  year and having one duplicate.
+func NewRandom() UUID {
+	uuid := make([]byte, 16)
+	randomBits([]byte(uuid))
+	uuid[6] = (uuid[6] & 0x0f) | 0x40 // Version 4
+	uuid[8] = (uuid[8] & 0x3f) | 0x80 // Variant is 10
+	return uuid
+}

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# This source code refers to The Go Authors for copyright purposes.
+# The master list of authors is in the main Go distribution,
+# visible at http://tip.golang.org/AUTHORS.

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/CONTRIBUTORS

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# This source code was written by the Go contributors.
+# The master list of contributors is in the main Go distribution,
+# visible at http://tip.golang.org/CONTRIBUTORS.

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+   * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/PATENTS

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Additional IP Rights Grant (Patents)
+
+"This implementation" means the copyrightable works distributed by
+Google as part of the Go project.
+
+Google hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive,
+no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section)
+patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import,
+transfer and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of this
+implementation of Go, where such license applies only to those patent
+claims, both currently owned or controlled by Google and acquired in
+the future, licensable by Google that are necessarily infringed by this
+implementation of Go.  This grant does not include claims that would be
+infringed only as a consequence of further modification of this
+implementation.  If you or your agent or exclusive licensee institute or
+order or agree to the institution of patent litigation against any
+entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging
+that this implementation of Go or any code incorporated within this
+implementation of Go constitutes direct or contributory patent
+infringement, or inducement of patent infringement, then any patent
+rights granted to you under this License for this implementation of Go
+shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/bcrypt/base64.go

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package bcrypt
+
+import "encoding/base64"
+
+const alphabet = "./ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789"
+
+var bcEncoding = base64.NewEncoding(alphabet)
+
+func base64Encode(src []byte) []byte {
+	n := bcEncoding.EncodedLen(len(src))
+	dst := make([]byte, n)
+	bcEncoding.Encode(dst, src)
+	for dst[n-1] == '=' {
+		n--
+	}
+	return dst[:n]
+}
+
+func base64Decode(src []byte) ([]byte, error) {
+	numOfEquals := 4 - (len(src) % 4)
+	for i := 0; i < numOfEquals; i++ {
+		src = append(src, '=')
+	}
+
+	dst := make([]byte, bcEncoding.DecodedLen(len(src)))
+	n, err := bcEncoding.Decode(dst, src)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return dst[:n], nil
+}

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/bcrypt/bcrypt.go

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package bcrypt implements Provos and Mazières's bcrypt adaptive hashing
+// algorithm. See http://www.usenix.org/event/usenix99/provos/provos.pdf
+package bcrypt
+
+// The code is a port of Provos and Mazières's C implementation.
+import (
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"crypto/subtle"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"golang.org/x/crypto/blowfish"
+	"io"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+const (
+	MinCost     int = 4  // the minimum allowable cost as passed in to GenerateFromPassword
+	MaxCost     int = 31 // the maximum allowable cost as passed in to GenerateFromPassword
+	DefaultCost int = 10 // the cost that will actually be set if a cost below MinCost is passed into GenerateFromPassword
+)
+
+// The error returned from CompareHashAndPassword when a password and hash do
+// not match.
+var ErrMismatchedHashAndPassword = errors.New("crypto/bcrypt: hashedPassword is not the hash of the given password")
+
+// The error returned from CompareHashAndPassword when a hash is too short to
+// be a bcrypt hash.
+var ErrHashTooShort = errors.New("crypto/bcrypt: hashedSecret too short to be a bcrypted password")
+
+// The error returned from CompareHashAndPassword when a hash was created with
+// a bcrypt algorithm newer than this implementation.
+type HashVersionTooNewError byte
+
+func (hv HashVersionTooNewError) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("crypto/bcrypt: bcrypt algorithm version '%c' requested is newer than current version '%c'", byte(hv), majorVersion)
+}
+
+// The error returned from CompareHashAndPassword when a hash starts with something other than '$'
+type InvalidHashPrefixError byte
+
+func (ih InvalidHashPrefixError) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("crypto/bcrypt: bcrypt hashes must start with '$', but hashedSecret started with '%c'", byte(ih))
+}
+
+type InvalidCostError int
+
+func (ic InvalidCostError) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("crypto/bcrypt: cost %d is outside allowed range (%d,%d)", int(ic), int(MinCost), int(MaxCost))
+}
+
+const (
+	majorVersion       = '2'
+	minorVersion       = 'a'
+	maxSaltSize        = 16
+	maxCryptedHashSize = 23
+	encodedSaltSize    = 22
+	encodedHashSize    = 31
+	minHashSize        = 59
+)
+
+// magicCipherData is an IV for the 64 Blowfish encryption calls in
+// bcrypt(). It's the string "OrpheanBeholderScryDoubt" in big-endian bytes.
+var magicCipherData = []byte{
+	0x4f, 0x72, 0x70, 0x68,
+	0x65, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x42,
+	0x65, 0x68, 0x6f, 0x6c,
+	0x64, 0x65, 0x72, 0x53,
+	0x63, 0x72, 0x79, 0x44,
+	0x6f, 0x75, 0x62, 0x74,
+}
+
+type hashed struct {
+	hash  []byte
+	salt  []byte
+	cost  int // allowed range is MinCost to MaxCost
+	major byte
+	minor byte
+}
+
+// GenerateFromPassword returns the bcrypt hash of the password at the given
+// cost. If the cost given is less than MinCost, the cost will be set to
+// DefaultCost, instead. Use CompareHashAndPassword, as defined in this package,
+// to compare the returned hashed password with its cleartext version.
+func GenerateFromPassword(password []byte, cost int) ([]byte, error) {
+	p, err := newFromPassword(password, cost)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return p.Hash(), nil
+}
+
+// CompareHashAndPassword compares a bcrypt hashed password with its possible
+// plaintext equivalent. Returns nil on success, or an error on failure.
+func CompareHashAndPassword(hashedPassword, password []byte) error {
+	p, err := newFromHash(hashedPassword)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	otherHash, err := bcrypt(password, p.cost, p.salt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	otherP := &hashed{otherHash, p.salt, p.cost, p.major, p.minor}
+	if subtle.ConstantTimeCompare(p.Hash(), otherP.Hash()) == 1 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	return ErrMismatchedHashAndPassword
+}
+
+// Cost returns the hashing cost used to create the given hashed
+// password. When, in the future, the hashing cost of a password system needs
+// to be increased in order to adjust for greater computational power, this
+// function allows one to establish which passwords need to be updated.
+func Cost(hashedPassword []byte) (int, error) {
+	p, err := newFromHash(hashedPassword)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, err
+	}
+	return p.cost, nil
+}
+
+func newFromPassword(password []byte, cost int) (*hashed, error) {
+	if cost < MinCost {
+		cost = DefaultCost
+	}
+	p := new(hashed)
+	p.major = majorVersion
+	p.minor = minorVersion
+
+	err := checkCost(cost)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	p.cost = cost
+
+	unencodedSalt := make([]byte, maxSaltSize)
+	_, err = io.ReadFull(rand.Reader, unencodedSalt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	p.salt = base64Encode(unencodedSalt)
+	hash, err := bcrypt(password, p.cost, p.salt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	p.hash = hash
+	return p, err
+}
+
+func newFromHash(hashedSecret []byte) (*hashed, error) {
+	if len(hashedSecret) < minHashSize {
+		return nil, ErrHashTooShort
+	}
+	p := new(hashed)
+	n, err := p.decodeVersion(hashedSecret)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	hashedSecret = hashedSecret[n:]
+	n, err = p.decodeCost(hashedSecret)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	hashedSecret = hashedSecret[n:]
+
+	// The "+2" is here because we'll have to append at most 2 '=' to the salt
+	// when base64 decoding it in expensiveBlowfishSetup().
+	p.salt = make([]byte, encodedSaltSize, encodedSaltSize+2)
+	copy(p.salt, hashedSecret[:encodedSaltSize])
+
+	hashedSecret = hashedSecret[encodedSaltSize:]
+	p.hash = make([]byte, len(hashedSecret))
+	copy(p.hash, hashedSecret)
+
+	return p, nil
+}
+
+func bcrypt(password []byte, cost int, salt []byte) ([]byte, error) {
+	cipherData := make([]byte, len(magicCipherData))
+	copy(cipherData, magicCipherData)
+
+	c, err := expensiveBlowfishSetup(password, uint32(cost), salt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < 24; i += 8 {
+		for j := 0; j < 64; j++ {
+			c.Encrypt(cipherData[i:i+8], cipherData[i:i+8])
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Bug compatibility with C bcrypt implementations. We only encode 23 of
+	// the 24 bytes encrypted.
+	hsh := base64Encode(cipherData[:maxCryptedHashSize])
+	return hsh, nil
+}
+
+func expensiveBlowfishSetup(key []byte, cost uint32, salt []byte) (*blowfish.Cipher, error) {
+
+	csalt, err := base64Decode(salt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// Bug compatibility with C bcrypt implementations. They use the trailing
+	// NULL in the key string during expansion.
+	ckey := append(key, 0)
+
+	c, err := blowfish.NewSaltedCipher(ckey, csalt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	var i, rounds uint64
+	rounds = 1 << cost
+	for i = 0; i < rounds; i++ {
+		blowfish.ExpandKey(ckey, c)
+		blowfish.ExpandKey(csalt, c)
+	}
+
+	return c, nil
+}
+
+func (p *hashed) Hash() []byte {
+	arr := make([]byte, 60)
+	arr[0] = '$'
+	arr[1] = p.major
+	n := 2
+	if p.minor != 0 {
+		arr[2] = p.minor
+		n = 3
+	}
+	arr[n] = '$'
+	n += 1
+	copy(arr[n:], []byte(fmt.Sprintf("%02d", p.cost)))
+	n += 2
+	arr[n] = '$'
+	n += 1
+	copy(arr[n:], p.salt)
+	n += encodedSaltSize
+	copy(arr[n:], p.hash)
+	n += encodedHashSize
+	return arr[:n]
+}
+
+func (p *hashed) decodeVersion(sbytes []byte) (int, error) {
+	if sbytes[0] != '$' {
+		return -1, InvalidHashPrefixError(sbytes[0])
+	}
+	if sbytes[1] > majorVersion {
+		return -1, HashVersionTooNewError(sbytes[1])
+	}
+	p.major = sbytes[1]
+	n := 3
+	if sbytes[2] != '$' {
+		p.minor = sbytes[2]
+		n++
+	}
+	return n, nil
+}
+
+// sbytes should begin where decodeVersion left off.
+func (p *hashed) decodeCost(sbytes []byte) (int, error) {
+	cost, err := strconv.Atoi(string(sbytes[0:2]))
+	if err != nil {
+		return -1, err
+	}
+	err = checkCost(cost)
+	if err != nil {
+		return -1, err
+	}
+	p.cost = cost
+	return 3, nil
+}
+
+func (p *hashed) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("&{hash: %#v, salt: %#v, cost: %d, major: %c, minor: %c}", string(p.hash), p.salt, p.cost, p.major, p.minor)
+}
+
+func checkCost(cost int) error {
+	if cost < MinCost || cost > MaxCost {
+		return InvalidCostError(cost)
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/blowfish/block.go

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+// Copyright 2010 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package blowfish
+
+// getNextWord returns the next big-endian uint32 value from the byte slice
+// at the given position in a circular manner, updating the position.
+func getNextWord(b []byte, pos *int) uint32 {
+	var w uint32
+	j := *pos
+	for i := 0; i < 4; i++ {
+		w = w<<8 | uint32(b[j])
+		j++
+		if j >= len(b) {
+			j = 0
+		}
+	}
+	*pos = j
+	return w
+}
+
+// ExpandKey performs a key expansion on the given *Cipher. Specifically, it
+// performs the Blowfish algorithm's key schedule which sets up the *Cipher's
+// pi and substitution tables for calls to Encrypt. This is used, primarily,
+// by the bcrypt package to reuse the Blowfish key schedule during its
+// set up. It's unlikely that you need to use this directly.
+func ExpandKey(key []byte, c *Cipher) {
+	j := 0
+	for i := 0; i < 18; i++ {
+		// Using inlined getNextWord for performance.
+		var d uint32
+		for k := 0; k < 4; k++ {
+			d = d<<8 | uint32(key[j])
+			j++
+			if j >= len(key) {
+				j = 0
+			}
+		}
+		c.p[i] ^= d
+	}
+
+	var l, r uint32
+	for i := 0; i < 18; i += 2 {
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.p[i], c.p[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s0[i], c.s0[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s1[i], c.s1[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s2[i], c.s2[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s3[i], c.s3[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+}
+
+// This is similar to ExpandKey, but folds the salt during the key
+// schedule. While ExpandKey is essentially expandKeyWithSalt with an all-zero
+// salt passed in, reusing ExpandKey turns out to be a place of inefficiency
+// and specializing it here is useful.
+func expandKeyWithSalt(key []byte, salt []byte, c *Cipher) {
+	j := 0
+	for i := 0; i < 18; i++ {
+		c.p[i] ^= getNextWord(key, &j)
+	}
+
+	j = 0
+	var l, r uint32
+	for i := 0; i < 18; i += 2 {
+		l ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		r ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.p[i], c.p[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		r ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s0[i], c.s0[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		r ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s1[i], c.s1[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		r ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s2[i], c.s2[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < 256; i += 2 {
+		l ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		r ^= getNextWord(salt, &j)
+		l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+		c.s3[i], c.s3[i+1] = l, r
+	}
+}
+
+func encryptBlock(l, r uint32, c *Cipher) (uint32, uint32) {
+	xl, xr := l, r
+	xl ^= c.p[0]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[1]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[2]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[3]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[4]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[5]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[6]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[7]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[8]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[9]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[10]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[11]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[12]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[13]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[14]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[15]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[16]
+	xr ^= c.p[17]
+	return xr, xl
+}
+
+func decryptBlock(l, r uint32, c *Cipher) (uint32, uint32) {
+	xl, xr := l, r
+	xl ^= c.p[17]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[16]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[15]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[14]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[13]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[12]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[11]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[10]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[9]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[8]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[7]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[6]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[5]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[4]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[3]
+	xr ^= ((c.s0[byte(xl>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xl>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xl>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xl)] ^ c.p[2]
+	xl ^= ((c.s0[byte(xr>>24)] + c.s1[byte(xr>>16)]) ^ c.s2[byte(xr>>8)]) + c.s3[byte(xr)] ^ c.p[1]
+	xr ^= c.p[0]
+	return xr, xl
+}

vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/blowfish/cipher.go

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+// Copyright 2010 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package blowfish implements Bruce Schneier's Blowfish encryption algorithm.
+package blowfish
+
+// The code is a port of Bruce Schneier's C implementation.
+// See http://www.schneier.com/blowfish.html.
+
+import "strconv"
+
+// The Blowfish block size in bytes.
+const BlockSize = 8
+
+// A Cipher is an instance of Blowfish encryption using a particular key.
+type Cipher struct {
+	p              [18]uint32
+	s0, s1, s2, s3 [256]uint32
+}
+
+type KeySizeError int
+
+func (k KeySizeError) Error() string {
+	return "crypto/blowfish: invalid key size " + strconv.Itoa(int(k))
+}
+
+// NewCipher creates and returns a Cipher.
+// The key argument should be the Blowfish key, from 1 to 56 bytes.
+func NewCipher(key []byte) (*Cipher, error) {
+	var result Cipher
+	if k := len(key); k < 1 || k > 56 {
+		return nil, KeySizeError(k)
+	}
+	initCipher(&result)
+	ExpandKey(key, &result)
+	return &result, nil
+}
+
+// NewSaltedCipher creates a returns a Cipher that folds a salt into its key
+// schedule. For most purposes, NewCipher, instead of NewSaltedCipher, is
+// sufficient and desirable. For bcrypt compatibility, the key can be over 56
+// bytes.
+func NewSaltedCipher(key, salt []byte) (*Cipher, error) {
+	if len(salt) == 0 {
+		return NewCipher(key)
+	}
+	var result Cipher
+	if k := len(key); k < 1 {
+		return nil, KeySizeError(k)
+	}
+	initCipher(&result)
+	expandKeyWithSalt(key, salt, &result)
+	return &result, nil
+}
+
+// BlockSize returns the Blowfish block size, 8 bytes.
+// It is necessary to satisfy the Block interface in the
+// package "crypto/cipher".
+func (c *Cipher) BlockSize() int { return BlockSize }
+
+// Encrypt encrypts the 8-byte buffer src using the key k
+// and stores the result in dst.
+// Note that for amounts of data larger than a block,
+// it is not safe to just call Encrypt on successive blocks;
+// instead, use an encryption mode like CBC (see crypto/cipher/cbc.go).
+func (c *Cipher) Encrypt(dst, src []byte) {
+	l := uint32(src[0])<<24 | uint32(src[1])<<16 | uint32(src[2])<<8 | uint32(src[3])
+	r := uint32(src[4])<<24 | uint32(src[5])<<16 | uint32(src[6])<<8 | uint32(src[7])
+	l, r = encryptBlock(l, r, c)
+	dst[0], dst[1], dst[2], dst[3] = byte(l>>24), byte(l>>16), byte(l>>8), byte(l)
+	dst[4], dst[5], dst[6], dst[7] = byte(r>>24), byte(r>>16), byte(r>>8), byte(r)
+}
+
+// Decrypt decrypts the 8-byte buffer src using the key k
+// and stores the result in dst.
+func (c *Cipher) Decrypt(dst, src []byte) {
+	l := uint32(src[0])<<24 | uint32(src[1])<<16 | uint32(src[2])<<8 | uint32(src[3])
+	r := uint32(src[4])<<24 | uint32(src[5])<<16 | uint32(src[6])<<8 | uint32(src[7])
+	l, r = decryptBlock(l, r, c)
+	dst[0], dst[1], dst[2], dst[3] = byte(l>>24), byte(l>>16), byte(l>>8), byte(l)
+	dst[4], dst[5], dst[6], dst[7] = byte(r>>24), byte(r>>16), byte(r>>8), byte(r)
+}
+
+func initCipher(c *Cipher) {
+	copy(c.p[0:], p[0:])
+	copy(c.s0[0:], s0[0:])
+	copy(c.s1[0:], s1[0:])
+	copy(c.s2[0:], s2[0:])
+	copy(c.s3[0:], s3[0:])
+}